Branch data Line data Source code
1 : : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 : : *
3 : : * trigger.c
4 : : * PostgreSQL TRIGGERs support code.
5 : : *
6 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
7 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
8 : : *
9 : : * IDENTIFICATION
10 : : * src/backend/commands/trigger.c
11 : : *
12 : : *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 : : */
14 : : #include "postgres.h"
15 : :
16 : : #include "access/genam.h"
17 : : #include "access/htup_details.h"
18 : : #include "access/relation.h"
19 : : #include "access/sysattr.h"
20 : : #include "access/table.h"
21 : : #include "access/tableam.h"
22 : : #include "access/tupconvert.h"
23 : : #include "access/xact.h"
24 : : #include "catalog/catalog.h"
25 : : #include "catalog/dependency.h"
26 : : #include "catalog/indexing.h"
27 : : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
28 : : #include "catalog/partition.h"
29 : : #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
30 : : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
31 : : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
32 : : #include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
33 : : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
34 : : #include "commands/trigger.h"
35 : : #include "executor/executor.h"
36 : : #include "executor/instrument.h"
37 : : #include "miscadmin.h"
38 : : #include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
39 : : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
40 : : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
41 : : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
42 : : #include "parser/parse_collate.h"
43 : : #include "parser/parse_func.h"
44 : : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
45 : : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
46 : : #include "pgstat.h"
47 : : #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
48 : : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
49 : : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
50 : : #include "utils/acl.h"
51 : : #include "utils/builtins.h"
52 : : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
53 : : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
54 : : #include "utils/inval.h"
55 : : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
56 : : #include "utils/memutils.h"
57 : : #include "utils/plancache.h"
58 : : #include "utils/rel.h"
59 : : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
60 : : #include "utils/syscache.h"
61 : : #include "utils/tuplestore.h"
62 : :
63 : :
64 : : /* GUC variables */
65 : : int SessionReplicationRole = SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN;
66 : :
67 : : /* How many levels deep into trigger execution are we? */
68 : : static int MyTriggerDepth = 0;
69 : :
70 : : /* Local function prototypes */
71 : : static void renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel,
72 : : HeapTuple trigtup, const char *newname,
73 : : const char *expected_name);
74 : : static void renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId,
75 : : Oid parentTriggerOid, const char *newname,
76 : : const char *expected_name);
77 : : static void SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger);
78 : : static bool GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
79 : : EPQState *epqstate,
80 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
81 : : ItemPointer tid,
82 : : LockTupleMode lockmode,
83 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
84 : : bool do_epq_recheck,
85 : : TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
86 : : TM_Result *tmresultp,
87 : : TM_FailureData *tmfdp);
88 : : static bool TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
89 : : Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
90 : : Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
91 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot);
92 : : static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
93 : : int tgindx,
94 : : FmgrInfo *finfo,
95 : : TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
96 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
97 : : static void AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
98 : : ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
99 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
100 : : int event, bool row_trigger,
101 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
102 : : List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
103 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
104 : : bool is_crosspart_update);
105 : : static void AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void);
106 : : static bool before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType);
107 : : static HeapTuple check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple);
108 : :
109 : :
110 : : /*
111 : : * Create a trigger. Returns the address of the created trigger.
112 : : *
113 : : * queryString is the source text of the CREATE TRIGGER command.
114 : : * This must be supplied if a whenClause is specified, else it can be NULL.
115 : : *
116 : : * relOid, if nonzero, is the relation on which the trigger should be
117 : : * created. If zero, the name provided in the statement will be looked up.
118 : : *
119 : : * refRelOid, if nonzero, is the relation to which the constraint trigger
120 : : * refers. If zero, the constraint relation name provided in the statement
121 : : * will be looked up as needed.
122 : : *
123 : : * constraintOid, if nonzero, says that this trigger is being created
124 : : * internally to implement that constraint. A suitable pg_depend entry will
125 : : * be made to link the trigger to that constraint. constraintOid is zero when
126 : : * executing a user-entered CREATE TRIGGER command. (For CREATE CONSTRAINT
127 : : * TRIGGER, we build a pg_constraint entry internally.)
128 : : *
129 : : * indexOid, if nonzero, is the OID of an index associated with the constraint.
130 : : * We do nothing with this except store it into pg_trigger.tgconstrindid;
131 : : * but when creating a trigger for a deferrable unique constraint on a
132 : : * partitioned table, its children are looked up. Note we don't cope with
133 : : * invalid indexes in that case.
134 : : *
135 : : * funcoid, if nonzero, is the OID of the function to invoke. When this is
136 : : * given, stmt->funcname is ignored.
137 : : *
138 : : * parentTriggerOid, if nonzero, is a trigger that begets this one; so that
139 : : * if that trigger is dropped, this one should be too. There are two cases
140 : : * when a nonzero value is passed for this: 1) when this function recurses to
141 : : * create the trigger on partitions, 2) when creating child foreign key
142 : : * triggers; see CreateFKCheckTrigger() and createForeignKeyActionTriggers().
143 : : *
144 : : * If whenClause is passed, it is an already-transformed expression for
145 : : * WHEN. In this case, we ignore any that may come in stmt->whenClause.
146 : : *
147 : : * If isInternal is true then this is an internally-generated trigger.
148 : : * This argument sets the tgisinternal field of the pg_trigger entry, and
149 : : * if true causes us to modify the given trigger name to ensure uniqueness.
150 : : *
151 : : * When isInternal is not true we require ACL_TRIGGER permissions on the
152 : : * relation, as well as ACL_EXECUTE on the trigger function. For internal
153 : : * triggers the caller must apply any required permission checks.
154 : : *
155 : : * When called on partitioned tables, this function recurses to create the
156 : : * trigger on all the partitions, except if isInternal is true, in which
157 : : * case caller is expected to execute recursion on its own. in_partition
158 : : * indicates such a recursive call; outside callers should pass "false"
159 : : * (but see CloneRowTriggersToPartition).
160 : : */
161 : : ObjectAddress
162 : 11194 : CreateTrigger(const CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
163 : : Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid,
164 : : Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause,
165 : : bool isInternal, bool in_partition)
166 : : {
167 : : return
168 : 11194 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(stmt, queryString, relOid, refRelOid,
169 : : constraintOid, indexOid, funcoid,
170 : : parentTriggerOid, whenClause, isInternal,
171 : : in_partition, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN);
172 : : }
173 : :
174 : : /*
175 : : * Like the above; additionally the firing condition
176 : : * (always/origin/replica/disabled) can be specified.
177 : : */
178 : : ObjectAddress
179 : 11797 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(const CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
180 : : Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid,
181 : : Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid,
182 : : Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition,
183 : : char trigger_fires_when)
184 : : {
185 : : int16 tgtype;
186 : : int ncolumns;
187 : : int16 *columns;
188 : : int2vector *tgattr;
189 : : List *whenRtable;
190 : : char *qual;
191 : : Datum values[Natts_pg_trigger];
192 : : bool nulls[Natts_pg_trigger];
193 : : Relation rel;
194 : : AclResult aclresult;
195 : : Relation tgrel;
196 : : Relation pgrel;
197 : 11797 : HeapTuple tuple = NULL;
198 : : Oid funcrettype;
199 : 11797 : Oid trigoid = InvalidOid;
200 : : char internaltrigname[NAMEDATALEN];
201 : : char *trigname;
202 : 11797 : Oid constrrelid = InvalidOid;
203 : : ObjectAddress myself,
204 : : referenced;
205 : 11797 : char *oldtablename = NULL;
206 : 11797 : char *newtablename = NULL;
207 : : bool partition_recurse;
208 : 11797 : bool trigger_exists = false;
209 : 11797 : Oid existing_constraint_oid = InvalidOid;
210 : 11797 : bool existing_isInternal = false;
211 : 11797 : bool existing_isClone = false;
212 : :
213 [ + + ]: 11797 : if (OidIsValid(relOid))
214 : 9629 : rel = table_open(relOid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
215 : : else
216 : 2168 : rel = table_openrv(stmt->relation, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
217 : :
218 : : /*
219 : : * Triggers must be on tables or views, and there are additional
220 : : * relation-type-specific restrictions.
221 : : */
222 [ + + ]: 11797 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
223 : : {
224 : : /* Tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
225 [ + + ]: 9713 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
226 [ + + ]: 8819 : stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
227 [ + - ]: 12 : ereport(ERROR,
228 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
229 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
230 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
231 : : errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
232 : : }
233 [ + + ]: 2084 : else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
234 : : {
235 : : /* Partitioned tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
236 [ + + ]: 1871 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
237 [ + + ]: 1795 : stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
238 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
239 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
240 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
241 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
242 : : errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
243 : :
244 : : /*
245 : : * FOR EACH ROW triggers have further restrictions
246 : : */
247 [ + + ]: 1867 : if (stmt->row)
248 : : {
249 : : /*
250 : : * Disallow use of transition tables.
251 : : *
252 : : * Note that we have another restriction about transition tables
253 : : * in partitions; search for 'has_superclass' below for an
254 : : * explanation. The check here is just to protect from the fact
255 : : * that if we allowed it here, the creation would succeed for a
256 : : * partitioned table with no partitions, but would be blocked by
257 : : * the other restriction when the first partition was created,
258 : : * which is very unfriendly behavior.
259 : : */
260 [ + + ]: 1703 : if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
261 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
262 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
263 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a partitioned table",
264 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
265 : : errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitioned tables.")));
266 : : }
267 : : }
268 [ + + ]: 213 : else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
269 : : {
270 : : /*
271 : : * Views can have INSTEAD OF triggers (which we check below are
272 : : * row-level), or statement-level BEFORE/AFTER triggers.
273 : : */
274 [ + + + + ]: 155 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD && stmt->row)
275 [ + - ]: 24 : ereport(ERROR,
276 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
277 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
278 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
279 : : errdetail("Views cannot have row-level BEFORE or AFTER triggers.")));
280 : : /* Disallow TRUNCATE triggers on VIEWs */
281 [ + + ]: 131 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(stmt->events))
282 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
283 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
284 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
285 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
286 : : errdetail("Views cannot have TRUNCATE triggers.")));
287 : : }
288 [ + - ]: 58 : else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
289 : : {
290 [ + + ]: 58 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
291 [ - + ]: 31 : stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
292 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
293 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
294 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
295 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
296 : : errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
297 : :
298 : : /*
299 : : * We disallow constraint triggers to protect the assumption that
300 : : * triggers on FKs can't be deferred. See notes with AfterTriggers
301 : : * data structures, below.
302 : : */
303 [ + + ]: 58 : if (stmt->isconstraint)
304 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
305 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
306 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
307 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
308 : : errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have constraint triggers.")));
309 : : }
310 : : else
311 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
312 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
313 : : errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
314 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
315 : : errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
316 : :
317 : : /*
318 : : * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
319 : : * conflict logging and should not have triggers, as it could disrupt
320 : : * conflict logging.
321 : : */
322 [ + + ]: 11741 : if (IsConflictLogTableClass(rel->rd_rel))
323 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
324 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
325 : : errmsg("cannot create trigger on conflict log table \"%s\"",
326 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
327 : : errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
328 : :
329 [ + + + + ]: 11737 : if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
330 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
331 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
332 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
333 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
334 : :
335 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (stmt->isconstraint)
336 : : {
337 : : /*
338 : : * We must take a lock on the target relation to protect against
339 : : * concurrent drop. It's not clear that AccessShareLock is strong
340 : : * enough, but we certainly need at least that much... otherwise, we
341 : : * might end up creating a pg_constraint entry referencing a
342 : : * nonexistent table.
343 : : */
344 [ + + ]: 9143 : if (OidIsValid(refRelOid))
345 : : {
346 : 8946 : LockRelationOid(refRelOid, AccessShareLock);
347 : 8946 : constrrelid = refRelOid;
348 : : }
349 [ + + ]: 197 : else if (stmt->constrrel != NULL)
350 : 16 : constrrelid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->constrrel, AccessShareLock,
351 : : false);
352 : : }
353 : :
354 : : /* permission checks */
355 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (!isInternal)
356 : : {
357 : 2710 : aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId(),
358 : : ACL_TRIGGER);
359 [ - + ]: 2710 : if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
360 : 0 : aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
361 : 0 : RelationGetRelationName(rel));
362 : :
363 [ + + ]: 2710 : if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
364 : : {
365 : 28 : aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(constrrelid, GetUserId(),
366 : : ACL_TRIGGER);
367 [ - + ]: 28 : if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
368 : 0 : aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(constrrelid)),
369 : 0 : get_rel_name(constrrelid));
370 : : }
371 : : }
372 : :
373 : : /*
374 : : * When called on a partitioned table to create a FOR EACH ROW trigger
375 : : * that's not internal, we create one trigger for each partition, too.
376 : : *
377 : : * For that, we'd better hold lock on all of them ahead of time.
378 : : */
379 [ + + + + ]: 13747 : partition_recurse = !isInternal && stmt->row &&
380 [ + + ]: 2011 : rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
381 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (partition_recurse)
382 : 279 : list_free(find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
383 : : ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL));
384 : :
385 : : /* Compute tgtype */
386 : 11736 : TRIGGER_CLEAR_TYPE(tgtype);
387 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (stmt->row)
388 : 11037 : TRIGGER_SETT_ROW(tgtype);
389 : 11736 : tgtype |= stmt->timing;
390 : 11736 : tgtype |= stmt->events;
391 : :
392 : : /* Disallow ROW-level TRUNCATE triggers */
393 [ + + - + ]: 11736 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
394 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
395 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
396 : : errmsg("TRUNCATE FOR EACH ROW triggers are not supported")));
397 : :
398 : : /* INSTEAD triggers must be row-level, and can't have WHEN or columns */
399 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSTEAD(tgtype))
400 : : {
401 [ + + ]: 95 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
402 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
403 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
404 : : errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers must be FOR EACH ROW")));
405 [ + + ]: 91 : if (stmt->whenClause)
406 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
407 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
408 : : errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have WHEN conditions")));
409 [ + + ]: 87 : if (stmt->columns != NIL)
410 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
411 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
412 : : errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have column lists")));
413 : : }
414 : :
415 : : /*
416 : : * We don't yet support naming ROW transition variables, but the parser
417 : : * recognizes the syntax so we can give a nicer message here.
418 : : *
419 : : * Per standard, REFERENCING TABLE names are only allowed on AFTER
420 : : * triggers. Per standard, REFERENCING ROW names are not allowed with FOR
421 : : * EACH STATEMENT. Per standard, each OLD/NEW, ROW/TABLE permutation is
422 : : * only allowed once. Per standard, OLD may not be specified when
423 : : * creating a trigger only for INSERT, and NEW may not be specified when
424 : : * creating a trigger only for DELETE.
425 : : *
426 : : * Notice that the standard allows an AFTER ... FOR EACH ROW trigger to
427 : : * reference both ROW and TABLE transition data.
428 : : */
429 [ + + ]: 11724 : if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
430 : : {
431 : 324 : List *varList = stmt->transitionRels;
432 : : ListCell *lc;
433 : :
434 [ + - + + : 708 : foreach(lc, varList)
+ + ]
435 : : {
436 : 416 : TriggerTransition *tt = lfirst_node(TriggerTransition, lc);
437 : :
438 [ - + ]: 416 : if (!(tt->isTable))
439 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
440 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
441 : : errmsg("ROW variable naming in the REFERENCING clause is not supported"),
442 : : errhint("Use OLD TABLE or NEW TABLE for naming transition tables.")));
443 : :
444 : : /*
445 : : * Because of the above test, we omit further ROW-related testing
446 : : * below. If we later allow naming OLD and NEW ROW variables,
447 : : * adjustments will be needed below.
448 : : */
449 : :
450 [ + + ]: 416 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
451 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
452 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
453 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
454 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
455 : : errdetail("Triggers on foreign tables cannot have transition tables.")));
456 : :
457 [ + + ]: 412 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
458 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
459 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
460 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
461 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
462 : : errdetail("Triggers on views cannot have transition tables.")));
463 : :
464 : : /*
465 : : * We currently don't allow row-level triggers with transition
466 : : * tables on partition or inheritance children. Such triggers
467 : : * would somehow need to see tuples converted to the format of the
468 : : * table they're attached to, and it's not clear which subset of
469 : : * tuples each child should see. See also the prohibitions in
470 : : * ATExecAttachPartition() and ATExecAddInherit().
471 : : */
472 [ + + + + ]: 408 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && has_superclass(rel->rd_id))
473 : : {
474 : : /* Use appropriate error message. */
475 [ + + ]: 8 : if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
476 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
477 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
478 : : errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions")));
479 : : else
480 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
481 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
482 : : errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on inheritance children")));
483 : : }
484 : :
485 [ - + ]: 400 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
486 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
487 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
488 : : errmsg("transition table name can only be specified for an AFTER trigger")));
489 : :
490 [ + + ]: 400 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
491 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
492 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
493 : : errmsg("TRUNCATE triggers with transition tables are not supported")));
494 : :
495 : : /*
496 : : * We currently don't allow multi-event triggers ("INSERT OR
497 : : * UPDATE") with transition tables, because it's not clear how to
498 : : * handle INSERT ... ON CONFLICT statements which can fire both
499 : : * INSERT and UPDATE triggers. We show the inserted tuples to
500 : : * INSERT triggers and the updated tuples to UPDATE triggers, but
501 : : * it's not yet clear what INSERT OR UPDATE trigger should see.
502 : : * This restriction could be lifted if we can decide on the right
503 : : * semantics in a later release.
504 : : */
505 : 396 : if (((TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
506 : 396 : (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
507 [ + + ]: 396 : (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0)) != 1)
508 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
509 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
510 : : errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with more than one event")));
511 : :
512 : : /*
513 : : * We currently don't allow column-specific triggers with
514 : : * transition tables. Per spec, that seems to require
515 : : * accumulating separate transition tables for each combination of
516 : : * columns, which is a lot of work for a rather marginal feature.
517 : : */
518 [ + + ]: 392 : if (stmt->columns != NIL)
519 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
520 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
521 : : errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with column lists")));
522 : :
523 : : /*
524 : : * We disallow constraint triggers with transition tables, to
525 : : * protect the assumption that such triggers can't be deferred.
526 : : * See notes with AfterTriggers data structures, below.
527 : : *
528 : : * Currently this is enforced by the grammar, so just Assert here.
529 : : */
530 : : Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
531 : :
532 [ + + ]: 388 : if (tt->isNew)
533 : : {
534 [ + + ]: 204 : if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ||
535 [ - + ]: 109 : TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
536 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
537 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
538 : : errmsg("NEW TABLE can only be specified for an INSERT or UPDATE trigger")));
539 : :
540 [ - + ]: 204 : if (newtablename != NULL)
541 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
542 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
543 : : errmsg("NEW TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
544 : :
545 : 204 : newtablename = tt->name;
546 : : }
547 : : else
548 : : {
549 [ + + ]: 184 : if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ||
550 [ + + ]: 105 : TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
551 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
552 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
553 : : errmsg("OLD TABLE can only be specified for a DELETE or UPDATE trigger")));
554 : :
555 [ - + ]: 180 : if (oldtablename != NULL)
556 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
557 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
558 : : errmsg("OLD TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
559 : :
560 : 180 : oldtablename = tt->name;
561 : : }
562 : : }
563 : :
564 [ + + + + ]: 292 : if (newtablename != NULL && oldtablename != NULL &&
565 [ - + ]: 92 : strcmp(newtablename, oldtablename) == 0)
566 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
567 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
568 : : errmsg("OLD TABLE name and NEW TABLE name cannot be the same")));
569 : : }
570 : :
571 : : /*
572 : : * Parse the WHEN clause, if any and we weren't passed an already
573 : : * transformed one.
574 : : *
575 : : * Note that as a side effect, we fill whenRtable when parsing. If we got
576 : : * an already parsed clause, this does not occur, which is what we want --
577 : : * no point in adding redundant dependencies below.
578 : : */
579 [ + + + + ]: 11692 : if (!whenClause && stmt->whenClause)
580 : 88 : {
581 : : ParseState *pstate;
582 : : ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
583 : : List *varList;
584 : : ListCell *lc;
585 : :
586 : : /* Set up a pstate to parse with */
587 : 120 : pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
588 : 120 : pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
589 : :
590 : : /*
591 : : * Set up nsitems for OLD and NEW references.
592 : : *
593 : : * 'OLD' must always have varno equal to 1 and 'NEW' equal to 2.
594 : : */
595 : 120 : nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
596 : : AccessShareLock,
597 : : makeAlias("old", NIL),
598 : : false, false);
599 : 120 : addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
600 : 120 : nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
601 : : AccessShareLock,
602 : : makeAlias("new", NIL),
603 : : false, false);
604 : 120 : addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
605 : :
606 : : /* Transform expression. Copy to be sure we don't modify original */
607 : 120 : whenClause = transformWhereClause(pstate,
608 : 120 : copyObject(stmt->whenClause),
609 : : EXPR_KIND_TRIGGER_WHEN,
610 : : "WHEN");
611 : : /* we have to fix its collations too */
612 : 120 : assign_expr_collations(pstate, whenClause);
613 : :
614 : : /*
615 : : * Check for disallowed references to OLD/NEW.
616 : : *
617 : : * NB: pull_var_clause is okay here only because we don't allow
618 : : * subselects in WHEN clauses; it would fail to examine the contents
619 : : * of subselects.
620 : : */
621 : 120 : varList = pull_var_clause(whenClause, 0);
622 [ + + + + : 237 : foreach(lc, varList)
+ + ]
623 : : {
624 : 149 : Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(lc);
625 : :
626 [ + + - ]: 149 : switch (var->varno)
627 : : {
628 : 56 : case PRS2_OLD_VARNO:
629 [ + + ]: 56 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
630 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
631 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
632 : : errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
633 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
634 [ + + ]: 52 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype))
635 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
636 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
637 : : errmsg("INSERT trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference OLD values"),
638 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
639 : : /* system columns are okay here */
640 : 48 : break;
641 : 93 : case PRS2_NEW_VARNO:
642 [ - + ]: 93 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
643 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
644 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
645 : : errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
646 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
647 [ + + ]: 93 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype))
648 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
649 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
650 : : errmsg("DELETE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW values"),
651 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
652 [ + + + + ]: 89 : if (var->varattno < 0 && TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype))
653 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
654 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
655 : : errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW system columns"),
656 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
657 [ + + ]: 85 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
658 [ + + ]: 34 : var->varattno == 0 &&
659 [ + + ]: 12 : RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr &&
660 [ + + ]: 8 : (RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_stored ||
661 [ + - ]: 4 : RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_virtual))
662 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
663 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
664 : : errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
665 : : errdetail("A whole-row reference is used and the table contains generated columns."),
666 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
667 [ + + ]: 77 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
668 [ + + ]: 26 : var->varattno > 0 &&
669 [ + + ]: 22 : TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attgenerated)
670 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
671 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
672 : : errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
673 : : errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
674 : : NameStr(TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attname)),
675 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
676 : 69 : break;
677 : 0 : default:
678 : : /* can't happen without add_missing_from, so just elog */
679 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "trigger WHEN condition cannot contain references to other relations");
680 : : break;
681 : : }
682 : : }
683 : :
684 : : /* we'll need the rtable for recordDependencyOnExpr */
685 : 88 : whenRtable = pstate->p_rtable;
686 : :
687 : 88 : qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
688 : :
689 : 88 : free_parsestate(pstate);
690 : : }
691 [ + + ]: 11572 : else if (!whenClause)
692 : : {
693 : 11544 : whenClause = NULL;
694 : 11544 : whenRtable = NIL;
695 : 11544 : qual = NULL;
696 : : }
697 : : else
698 : : {
699 : 28 : qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
700 : 28 : whenRtable = NIL;
701 : : }
702 : :
703 : : /*
704 : : * Find and validate the trigger function.
705 : : */
706 [ + + ]: 11660 : if (!OidIsValid(funcoid))
707 : 11057 : funcoid = LookupFuncName(stmt->funcname, 0, NULL, false);
708 [ + + ]: 11660 : if (!isInternal)
709 : : {
710 : 2634 : aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcoid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
711 [ - + ]: 2634 : if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
712 : 0 : aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
713 : 0 : NameListToString(stmt->funcname));
714 : : }
715 : 11660 : funcrettype = get_func_rettype(funcoid);
716 [ - + ]: 11660 : if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
717 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
718 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
719 : : errmsg("function %s must return type %s",
720 : : NameListToString(stmt->funcname), "trigger")));
721 : :
722 : : /*
723 : : * Scan pg_trigger to see if there is already a trigger of the same name.
724 : : * Skip this for internally generated triggers, since we'll modify the
725 : : * name to be unique below.
726 : : *
727 : : * NOTE that this is cool only because we have ShareRowExclusiveLock on
728 : : * the relation, so the trigger set won't be changing underneath us.
729 : : */
730 : 11660 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
731 [ + + ]: 11660 : if (!isInternal)
732 : : {
733 : : ScanKeyData skeys[2];
734 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
735 : :
736 : 2634 : ScanKeyInit(&skeys[0],
737 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
738 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
739 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
740 : :
741 : 2634 : ScanKeyInit(&skeys[1],
742 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
743 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
744 : 2634 : CStringGetDatum(stmt->trigname));
745 : :
746 : 2634 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
747 : : NULL, 2, skeys);
748 : :
749 : : /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
750 [ + + ]: 2634 : if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
751 : : {
752 : 68 : Form_pg_trigger oldtrigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
753 : :
754 : 68 : trigoid = oldtrigger->oid;
755 : 68 : existing_constraint_oid = oldtrigger->tgconstraint;
756 : 68 : existing_isInternal = oldtrigger->tgisinternal;
757 : 68 : existing_isClone = OidIsValid(oldtrigger->tgparentid);
758 : 68 : trigger_exists = true;
759 : : /* copy the tuple to use in CatalogTupleUpdate() */
760 : 68 : tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
761 : : }
762 : 2634 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
763 : : }
764 : :
765 [ + + ]: 11660 : if (!trigger_exists)
766 : : {
767 : : /* Generate the OID for the new trigger. */
768 : 11592 : trigoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId,
769 : : Anum_pg_trigger_oid);
770 : : }
771 : : else
772 : : {
773 : : /*
774 : : * If OR REPLACE was specified, we'll replace the old trigger;
775 : : * otherwise complain about the duplicate name.
776 : : */
777 [ + + ]: 68 : if (!stmt->replace)
778 [ + - ]: 12 : ereport(ERROR,
779 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
780 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
781 : : stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
782 : :
783 : : /*
784 : : * An internal trigger or a child trigger (isClone) cannot be replaced
785 : : * by a user-defined trigger. However, skip this test when
786 : : * in_partition, because then we're recursing from a partitioned table
787 : : * and the check was made at the parent level.
788 : : */
789 [ + - + + ]: 56 : if ((existing_isInternal || existing_isClone) &&
790 [ + - + + ]: 40 : !isInternal && !in_partition)
791 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
792 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
793 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is an internal or a child trigger",
794 : : stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
795 : :
796 : : /*
797 : : * It is not allowed to replace with a constraint trigger; gram.y
798 : : * should have enforced this already.
799 : : */
800 : : Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
801 : :
802 : : /*
803 : : * It is not allowed to replace an existing constraint trigger,
804 : : * either. (The reason for these restrictions is partly that it seems
805 : : * difficult to deal with pending trigger events in such cases, and
806 : : * partly that the command might imply changing the constraint's
807 : : * properties as well, which doesn't seem nice.)
808 : : */
809 [ - + ]: 52 : if (OidIsValid(existing_constraint_oid))
810 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
811 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
812 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is a constraint trigger",
813 : : stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
814 : : }
815 : :
816 : : /*
817 : : * If it's a user-entered CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER command, make a
818 : : * corresponding pg_constraint entry.
819 : : */
820 [ + + + + ]: 11644 : if (stmt->isconstraint && !OidIsValid(constraintOid))
821 : : {
822 : : /* Internal callers should have made their own constraints */
823 : : Assert(!isInternal);
824 : 117 : constraintOid = CreateConstraintEntry(stmt->trigname,
825 : 117 : RelationGetNamespace(rel),
826 : : CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
827 : 117 : stmt->deferrable,
828 : 117 : stmt->initdeferred,
829 : : true, /* Is Enforced */
830 : : true,
831 : : InvalidOid, /* no parent */
832 : : RelationGetRelid(rel),
833 : : NULL, /* no conkey */
834 : : 0,
835 : : 0,
836 : : InvalidOid, /* no domain */
837 : : InvalidOid, /* no index */
838 : : InvalidOid, /* no foreign key */
839 : : NULL,
840 : : NULL,
841 : : NULL,
842 : : NULL,
843 : : 0,
844 : : ' ',
845 : : ' ',
846 : : NULL,
847 : : 0,
848 : : ' ',
849 : : NULL, /* no exclusion */
850 : : NULL, /* no check constraint */
851 : : NULL,
852 : : true, /* islocal */
853 : : 0, /* inhcount */
854 : : true, /* noinherit */
855 : : false, /* conperiod */
856 : : isInternal); /* is_internal */
857 : : }
858 : :
859 : : /*
860 : : * If trigger is internally generated, modify the provided trigger name to
861 : : * ensure uniqueness by appending the trigger OID. (Callers will usually
862 : : * supply a simple constant trigger name in these cases.)
863 : : */
864 [ + + ]: 11644 : if (isInternal)
865 : : {
866 : 9026 : snprintf(internaltrigname, sizeof(internaltrigname),
867 : 9026 : "%s_%u", stmt->trigname, trigoid);
868 : 9026 : trigname = internaltrigname;
869 : : }
870 : : else
871 : : {
872 : : /* user-defined trigger; use the specified trigger name as-is */
873 : 2618 : trigname = stmt->trigname;
874 : : }
875 : :
876 : : /*
877 : : * Build the new pg_trigger tuple.
878 : : */
879 : 11644 : memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
880 : :
881 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(trigoid);
882 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel));
883 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgparentid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(parentTriggerOid);
884 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
885 : : CStringGetDatum(trigname));
886 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgfoid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(funcoid);
887 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgtype - 1] = Int16GetDatum(tgtype);
888 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgenabled - 1] = CharGetDatum(trigger_fires_when);
889 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgisinternal - 1] = BoolGetDatum(isInternal);
890 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constrrelid);
891 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrindid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid);
892 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid);
893 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgdeferrable - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->deferrable);
894 : 11644 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tginitdeferred - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->initdeferred);
895 : :
896 [ + + ]: 11644 : if (stmt->args)
897 : : {
898 : : ListCell *le;
899 : : char *args;
900 : 468 : int16 nargs = list_length(stmt->args);
901 : 468 : int len = 0;
902 : :
903 [ + - + + : 1103 : foreach(le, stmt->args)
+ + ]
904 : : {
905 : 635 : char *ar = strVal(lfirst(le));
906 : :
907 : 635 : len += strlen(ar) + 4;
908 [ + + ]: 5011 : for (; *ar; ar++)
909 : : {
910 [ - + ]: 4376 : if (*ar == '\\')
911 : 0 : len++;
912 : : }
913 : : }
914 : 468 : args = (char *) palloc(len + 1);
915 : 468 : args[0] = '\0';
916 [ + - + + : 1103 : foreach(le, stmt->args)
+ + ]
917 : : {
918 : 635 : char *s = strVal(lfirst(le));
919 : 635 : char *d = args + strlen(args);
920 : :
921 [ + + ]: 5011 : while (*s)
922 : : {
923 [ - + ]: 4376 : if (*s == '\\')
924 : 0 : *d++ = '\\';
925 : 4376 : *d++ = *s++;
926 : : }
927 : 635 : strcpy(d, "\\000");
928 : : }
929 : 468 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(nargs);
930 : 468 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
931 : : CStringGetDatum(args));
932 : : }
933 : : else
934 : : {
935 : 11176 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(0);
936 : 11176 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
937 : : CStringGetDatum(""));
938 : : }
939 : :
940 : : /* build column number array if it's a column-specific trigger */
941 : 11644 : ncolumns = list_length(stmt->columns);
942 [ + + ]: 11644 : if (ncolumns == 0)
943 : 11559 : columns = NULL;
944 : : else
945 : : {
946 : : ListCell *cell;
947 : 85 : int i = 0;
948 : :
949 : 85 : columns = (int16 *) palloc(ncolumns * sizeof(int16));
950 [ + - + + : 175 : foreach(cell, stmt->columns)
+ + ]
951 : : {
952 : 94 : char *name = strVal(lfirst(cell));
953 : : int16 attnum;
954 : : int j;
955 : :
956 : : /* Lookup column name. System columns are not allowed */
957 : 94 : attnum = attnameAttNum(rel, name, false);
958 [ - + ]: 94 : if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
959 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
960 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
961 : : errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
962 : : name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
963 : :
964 : : /* Check for duplicates */
965 [ + + ]: 99 : for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
966 : : {
967 [ + + ]: 9 : if (columns[j] == attnum)
968 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
969 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
970 : : errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once",
971 : : name)));
972 : : }
973 : :
974 : 90 : columns[i++] = attnum;
975 : : }
976 : : }
977 : 11640 : tgattr = buildint2vector(columns, ncolumns);
978 : 11640 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1] = PointerGetDatum(tgattr);
979 : :
980 : : /* set tgqual if trigger has WHEN clause */
981 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (qual)
982 : 116 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(qual);
983 : : else
984 : 11524 : nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = true;
985 : :
986 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (oldtablename)
987 : 180 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
988 : : CStringGetDatum(oldtablename));
989 : : else
990 : 11460 : nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = true;
991 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (newtablename)
992 : 204 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
993 : : CStringGetDatum(newtablename));
994 : : else
995 : 11436 : nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = true;
996 : :
997 : : /*
998 : : * Insert or replace tuple in pg_trigger.
999 : : */
1000 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (!trigger_exists)
1001 : : {
1002 : 11588 : tuple = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
1003 : 11588 : CatalogTupleInsert(tgrel, tuple);
1004 : : }
1005 : : else
1006 : : {
1007 : : HeapTuple newtup;
1008 : :
1009 : 52 : newtup = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
1010 : 52 : CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
1011 : 52 : heap_freetuple(newtup);
1012 : : }
1013 : :
1014 : 11640 : heap_freetuple(tuple); /* free either original or new tuple */
1015 : 11640 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1016 : :
1017 : 11640 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1]));
1018 : 11640 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1]));
1019 : 11640 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1]));
1020 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (oldtablename)
1021 : 180 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1]));
1022 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (newtablename)
1023 : 204 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1]));
1024 : :
1025 : : /*
1026 : : * Update relation's pg_class entry; if necessary; and if not, send an SI
1027 : : * message to make other backends (and this one) rebuild relcache entries.
1028 : : */
1029 : 11640 : pgrel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1030 : 11640 : tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
1031 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
1032 [ - + ]: 11640 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
1033 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u",
1034 : : RelationGetRelid(rel));
1035 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (!((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers)
1036 : : {
1037 : 4357 : ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers = true;
1038 : :
1039 : 4357 : CatalogTupleUpdate(pgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
1040 : :
1041 : 4357 : CommandCounterIncrement();
1042 : : }
1043 : : else
1044 : 7283 : CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
1045 : :
1046 : 11640 : heap_freetuple(tuple);
1047 : 11640 : table_close(pgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1048 : :
1049 : : /*
1050 : : * If we're replacing a trigger, flush all the old dependencies before
1051 : : * recording new ones.
1052 : : */
1053 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (trigger_exists)
1054 : 52 : deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, true);
1055 : :
1056 : : /*
1057 : : * Record dependencies for trigger. Always place a normal dependency on
1058 : : * the function.
1059 : : */
1060 : 11640 : myself.classId = TriggerRelationId;
1061 : 11640 : myself.objectId = trigoid;
1062 : 11640 : myself.objectSubId = 0;
1063 : :
1064 : 11640 : referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
1065 : 11640 : referenced.objectId = funcoid;
1066 : 11640 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1067 : 11640 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
1068 : :
1069 [ + + + - ]: 11640 : if (isInternal && OidIsValid(constraintOid))
1070 : : {
1071 : : /*
1072 : : * Internally-generated trigger for a constraint, so make it an
1073 : : * internal dependency of the constraint. We can skip depending on
1074 : : * the relation(s), as there'll be an indirect dependency via the
1075 : : * constraint.
1076 : : */
1077 : 9026 : referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
1078 : 9026 : referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
1079 : 9026 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1080 : 9026 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
1081 : : }
1082 : : else
1083 : : {
1084 : : /*
1085 : : * User CREATE TRIGGER, so place dependencies. We make trigger be
1086 : : * auto-dropped if its relation is dropped or if the FK relation is
1087 : : * dropped. (Auto drop is compatible with our pre-7.3 behavior.)
1088 : : */
1089 : 2614 : referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
1090 : 2614 : referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
1091 : 2614 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1092 : 2614 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
1093 : :
1094 [ + + ]: 2614 : if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
1095 : : {
1096 : 28 : referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
1097 : 28 : referenced.objectId = constrrelid;
1098 : 28 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1099 : 28 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
1100 : : }
1101 : : /* Not possible to have an index dependency in this case */
1102 : : Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
1103 : :
1104 : : /*
1105 : : * If it's a user-specified constraint trigger, make the constraint
1106 : : * internally dependent on the trigger instead of vice versa.
1107 : : */
1108 [ + + ]: 2614 : if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
1109 : : {
1110 : 117 : referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
1111 : 117 : referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
1112 : 117 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1113 : 117 : recordDependencyOn(&referenced, &myself, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
1114 : : }
1115 : :
1116 : : /*
1117 : : * If it's a partition trigger, create the partition dependencies.
1118 : : */
1119 [ + + ]: 2614 : if (OidIsValid(parentTriggerOid))
1120 : : {
1121 : 595 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTriggerOid);
1122 : 595 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
1123 : 595 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel));
1124 : 595 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
1125 : : }
1126 : : }
1127 : :
1128 : : /* If column-specific trigger, add normal dependencies on columns */
1129 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (columns != NULL)
1130 : : {
1131 : : int i;
1132 : :
1133 : 81 : referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
1134 : 81 : referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
1135 [ + + ]: 167 : for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++)
1136 : : {
1137 : 86 : referenced.objectSubId = columns[i];
1138 : 86 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
1139 : : }
1140 : : }
1141 : :
1142 : : /*
1143 : : * If it has a WHEN clause, add dependencies on objects mentioned in the
1144 : : * expression (eg, functions, as well as any columns used).
1145 : : */
1146 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (whenRtable != NIL)
1147 : : {
1148 [ + - ]: 88 : if (!isInternal)
1149 : 88 : CheckUsageOnTypesInExpr(whenClause, whenRtable, GetUserId());
1150 : :
1151 : 88 : recordDependencyOnExpr(&myself, whenClause, whenRtable,
1152 : : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
1153 : : }
1154 : :
1155 : : /* Post creation hook for new trigger */
1156 [ + + ]: 11640 : InvokeObjectPostCreateHookArg(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, 0,
1157 : : isInternal);
1158 : :
1159 : : /*
1160 : : * Lastly, create the trigger on child relations, if needed.
1161 : : */
1162 [ + + ]: 11640 : if (partition_recurse)
1163 : : {
1164 : 271 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
1165 : : int i;
1166 : : MemoryContext oldcxt,
1167 : : perChildCxt;
1168 : :
1169 : 271 : perChildCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
1170 : : "part trig clone",
1171 : : ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
1172 : :
1173 : : /*
1174 : : * We don't currently expect to be called with a valid indexOid. If
1175 : : * that ever changes then we'll need to write code here to find the
1176 : : * corresponding child index.
1177 : : */
1178 : : Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
1179 : :
1180 : 271 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perChildCxt);
1181 : :
1182 : : /* Iterate to create the trigger on each existing partition */
1183 [ + + ]: 739 : for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1184 : : {
1185 : : CreateTrigStmt *childStmt;
1186 : : Relation childTbl;
1187 : : Node *qual;
1188 : :
1189 : 472 : childTbl = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock);
1190 : :
1191 : : /*
1192 : : * Initialize our fabricated parse node by copying the original
1193 : : * one, then resetting fields that we pass separately.
1194 : : */
1195 : 472 : childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
1196 : 472 : childStmt->funcname = NIL;
1197 : 472 : childStmt->whenClause = NULL;
1198 : :
1199 : : /* If there is a WHEN clause, create a modified copy of it */
1200 : 472 : qual = copyObject(whenClause);
1201 : : qual = (Node *)
1202 : 472 : map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO,
1203 : : childTbl, rel);
1204 : : qual = (Node *)
1205 : 472 : map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO,
1206 : : childTbl, rel);
1207 : :
1208 : 472 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(childStmt, queryString,
1209 : 472 : partdesc->oids[i], refRelOid,
1210 : : InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
1211 : : funcoid, trigoid, qual,
1212 : : isInternal, true, trigger_fires_when);
1213 : :
1214 : 468 : table_close(childTbl, NoLock);
1215 : :
1216 : 468 : MemoryContextReset(perChildCxt);
1217 : : }
1218 : :
1219 : 267 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
1220 : 267 : MemoryContextDelete(perChildCxt);
1221 : : }
1222 : :
1223 : : /* Keep lock on target rel until end of xact */
1224 : 11636 : table_close(rel, NoLock);
1225 : :
1226 : 11636 : return myself;
1227 : : }
1228 : :
1229 : : /*
1230 : : * TriggerSetParentTrigger
1231 : : * Set a partition's trigger as child of its parent trigger,
1232 : : * or remove the linkage if parentTrigId is InvalidOid.
1233 : : *
1234 : : * This updates the constraint's pg_trigger row to show it as inherited, and
1235 : : * adds PARTITION dependencies to prevent the trigger from being deleted
1236 : : * on its own. Alternatively, reverse that.
1237 : : */
1238 : : void
1239 : 344 : TriggerSetParentTrigger(Relation trigRel,
1240 : : Oid childTrigId,
1241 : : Oid parentTrigId,
1242 : : Oid childTableId)
1243 : : {
1244 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1245 : : ScanKeyData skey[1];
1246 : : Form_pg_trigger trigForm;
1247 : : HeapTuple tuple,
1248 : : newtup;
1249 : : ObjectAddress depender;
1250 : : ObjectAddress referenced;
1251 : :
1252 : : /*
1253 : : * Find the trigger to delete.
1254 : : */
1255 : 344 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
1256 : : Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
1257 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1258 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(childTrigId));
1259 : :
1260 : 344 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(trigRel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
1261 : : NULL, 1, skey);
1262 : :
1263 : 344 : tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan);
1264 [ - + ]: 344 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
1265 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", childTrigId);
1266 : 344 : newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
1267 : 344 : trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
1268 [ + + ]: 344 : if (OidIsValid(parentTrigId))
1269 : : {
1270 : : /* don't allow setting parent for a constraint that already has one */
1271 [ - + ]: 200 : if (OidIsValid(trigForm->tgparentid))
1272 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "trigger %u already has a parent trigger",
1273 : : childTrigId);
1274 : :
1275 : 200 : trigForm->tgparentid = parentTrigId;
1276 : :
1277 : 200 : CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
1278 : :
1279 : 200 : ObjectAddressSet(depender, TriggerRelationId, childTrigId);
1280 : :
1281 : 200 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTrigId);
1282 : 200 : recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
1283 : :
1284 : 200 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, childTableId);
1285 : 200 : recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
1286 : : }
1287 : : else
1288 : : {
1289 : 144 : trigForm->tgparentid = InvalidOid;
1290 : :
1291 : 144 : CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
1292 : :
1293 : 144 : deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
1294 : : TriggerRelationId,
1295 : : DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
1296 : 144 : deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
1297 : : RelationRelationId,
1298 : : DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
1299 : : }
1300 : :
1301 : 344 : heap_freetuple(newtup);
1302 : 344 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1303 : 344 : }
1304 : :
1305 : :
1306 : : /*
1307 : : * Guts of trigger deletion.
1308 : : */
1309 : : void
1310 : 9945 : RemoveTriggerById(Oid trigOid)
1311 : : {
1312 : : Relation tgrel;
1313 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1314 : : ScanKeyData skey[1];
1315 : : HeapTuple tup;
1316 : : Oid relid;
1317 : : Relation rel;
1318 : :
1319 : 9945 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1320 : :
1321 : : /*
1322 : : * Find the trigger to delete.
1323 : : */
1324 : 9945 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
1325 : : Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
1326 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1327 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(trigOid));
1328 : :
1329 : 9945 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
1330 : : NULL, 1, skey);
1331 : :
1332 : 9945 : tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
1333 [ - + ]: 9945 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
1334 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", trigOid);
1335 : :
1336 : : /*
1337 : : * Open and exclusive-lock the relation the trigger belongs to.
1338 : : */
1339 : 9945 : relid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->tgrelid;
1340 : :
1341 : 9945 : rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
1342 : :
1343 [ + + ]: 9945 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
1344 [ + + ]: 1779 : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
1345 [ + + ]: 1673 : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
1346 [ - + ]: 1623 : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1347 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1348 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1349 : : errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
1350 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
1351 : : errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
1352 : :
1353 [ + + - + ]: 9945 : if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
1354 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1355 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1356 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
1357 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
1358 : :
1359 : : /*
1360 : : * Delete the pg_trigger tuple.
1361 : : */
1362 : 9945 : CatalogTupleDelete(tgrel, &tup->t_self);
1363 : :
1364 : 9945 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1365 : 9945 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1366 : :
1367 : : /*
1368 : : * We do not bother to try to determine whether any other triggers remain,
1369 : : * which would be needed in order to decide whether it's safe to clear the
1370 : : * relation's relhastriggers. (In any case, there might be a concurrent
1371 : : * process adding new triggers.) Instead, just force a relcache inval to
1372 : : * make other backends (and this one too!) rebuild their relcache entries.
1373 : : * There's no great harm in leaving relhastriggers true even if there are
1374 : : * no triggers left.
1375 : : */
1376 : 9945 : CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
1377 : :
1378 : : /* Keep lock on trigger's rel until end of xact */
1379 : 9945 : table_close(rel, NoLock);
1380 : 9945 : }
1381 : :
1382 : : /*
1383 : : * get_trigger_oid - Look up a trigger by name to find its OID.
1384 : : *
1385 : : * If missing_ok is false, throw an error if trigger not found. If
1386 : : * true, just return InvalidOid.
1387 : : */
1388 : : Oid
1389 : 520 : get_trigger_oid(Oid relid, const char *trigname, bool missing_ok)
1390 : : {
1391 : : Relation tgrel;
1392 : : ScanKeyData skey[2];
1393 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1394 : : HeapTuple tup;
1395 : : Oid oid;
1396 : :
1397 : : /*
1398 : : * Find the trigger, verify permissions, set up object address
1399 : : */
1400 : 520 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
1401 : :
1402 : 520 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
1403 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1404 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1405 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
1406 : 520 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
1407 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1408 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1409 : : CStringGetDatum(trigname));
1410 : :
1411 : 520 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1412 : : NULL, 2, skey);
1413 : :
1414 : 520 : tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
1415 : :
1416 [ + + ]: 520 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
1417 : : {
1418 [ + + ]: 20 : if (!missing_ok)
1419 [ + - ]: 16 : ereport(ERROR,
1420 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
1421 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
1422 : : trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
1423 : 4 : oid = InvalidOid;
1424 : : }
1425 : : else
1426 : : {
1427 : 500 : oid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
1428 : : }
1429 : :
1430 : 504 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1431 : 504 : table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
1432 : 504 : return oid;
1433 : : }
1434 : :
1435 : : /*
1436 : : * Perform permissions and integrity checks before acquiring a relation lock.
1437 : : */
1438 : : static void
1439 : 32 : RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid,
1440 : : void *arg)
1441 : : {
1442 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1443 : : Form_pg_class form;
1444 : :
1445 : 32 : tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
1446 [ - + ]: 32 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
1447 : 0 : return; /* concurrently dropped */
1448 : 32 : form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1449 : :
1450 : : /* only tables and views can have triggers */
1451 [ + + + - ]: 32 : if (form->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && form->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
1452 [ + - ]: 16 : form->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
1453 [ - + ]: 16 : form->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1454 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1455 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1456 : : errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
1457 : : rv->relname),
1458 : : errdetail_relkind_not_supported(form->relkind)));
1459 : :
1460 : : /* you must own the table to rename one of its triggers */
1461 [ - + ]: 32 : if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relid, GetUserId()))
1462 : 0 : aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname);
1463 : :
1464 : : /*
1465 : : * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
1466 : : * conflict logging and should not have triggers, as it could disrupt
1467 : : * conflict logging.
1468 : : */
1469 [ + + ]: 32 : if (IsConflictLogTableClass(form))
1470 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
1471 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1472 : : errmsg("cannot rename trigger on conflict log table \"%s\"",
1473 : : rv->relname),
1474 : : errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
1475 : :
1476 [ + + + + ]: 28 : if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, form))
1477 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
1478 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1479 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
1480 : : rv->relname)));
1481 : :
1482 : 27 : ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
1483 : : }
1484 : :
1485 : : /*
1486 : : * renametrig - changes the name of a trigger on a relation
1487 : : *
1488 : : * trigger name is changed in trigger catalog.
1489 : : * No record of the previous name is kept.
1490 : : *
1491 : : * get proper relrelation from relation catalog (if not arg)
1492 : : * scan trigger catalog
1493 : : * for name conflict (within rel)
1494 : : * for original trigger (if not arg)
1495 : : * modify tgname in trigger tuple
1496 : : * update row in catalog
1497 : : */
1498 : : ObjectAddress
1499 : 30 : renametrig(RenameStmt *stmt)
1500 : : {
1501 : : Oid tgoid;
1502 : : Relation targetrel;
1503 : : Relation tgrel;
1504 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1505 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1506 : : ScanKeyData key[2];
1507 : : Oid relid;
1508 : : ObjectAddress address;
1509 : :
1510 : : /*
1511 : : * Look up name, check permissions, and acquire lock (which we will NOT
1512 : : * release until end of transaction).
1513 : : */
1514 : 30 : relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
1515 : : 0,
1516 : : RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger,
1517 : : NULL);
1518 : :
1519 : : /* Have lock already, so just need to build relcache entry. */
1520 : 25 : targetrel = relation_open(relid, NoLock);
1521 : :
1522 : : /*
1523 : : * On partitioned tables, this operation recurses to partitions. Lock all
1524 : : * tables upfront.
1525 : : */
1526 [ + + ]: 25 : if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1527 : 16 : (void) find_all_inheritors(relid, AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
1528 : :
1529 : 25 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1530 : :
1531 : : /*
1532 : : * Search for the trigger to modify.
1533 : : */
1534 : 25 : ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
1535 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1536 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1537 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
1538 : 25 : ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
1539 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1540 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1541 : 25 : PointerGetDatum(stmt->subname));
1542 : 25 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1543 : : NULL, 2, key);
1544 [ + - ]: 25 : if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1545 : : {
1546 : : Form_pg_trigger trigform;
1547 : :
1548 : 25 : trigform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1549 : 25 : tgoid = trigform->oid;
1550 : :
1551 : : /*
1552 : : * If the trigger descends from a trigger on a parent partitioned
1553 : : * table, reject the rename. We don't allow a trigger in a partition
1554 : : * to differ in name from that of its parent: that would lead to an
1555 : : * inconsistency that pg_dump would not reproduce.
1556 : : */
1557 [ + + ]: 25 : if (OidIsValid(trigform->tgparentid))
1558 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
1559 : : errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1560 : : errmsg("cannot rename trigger \"%s\" on table \"%s\"",
1561 : : stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)),
1562 : : errhint("Rename the trigger on the partitioned table \"%s\" instead.",
1563 : : get_rel_name(get_partition_parent(relid, false))));
1564 : :
1565 : :
1566 : : /* Rename the trigger on this relation ... */
1567 : 21 : renametrig_internal(tgrel, targetrel, tuple, stmt->newname,
1568 : 21 : stmt->subname);
1569 : :
1570 : : /* ... and if it is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
1571 [ + + ]: 21 : if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1572 : : {
1573 : 12 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(targetrel, true);
1574 : :
1575 [ + + ]: 20 : for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1576 : : {
1577 : 12 : Oid partitionId = partdesc->oids[i];
1578 : :
1579 : 12 : renametrig_partition(tgrel, partitionId, trigform->oid,
1580 : 12 : stmt->newname, stmt->subname);
1581 : : }
1582 : : }
1583 : : }
1584 : : else
1585 : : {
1586 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1587 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
1588 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
1589 : : stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
1590 : : }
1591 : :
1592 : 17 : ObjectAddressSet(address, TriggerRelationId, tgoid);
1593 : :
1594 : 17 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1595 : :
1596 : 17 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1597 : :
1598 : : /*
1599 : : * Close rel, but keep exclusive lock!
1600 : : */
1601 : 17 : relation_close(targetrel, NoLock);
1602 : :
1603 : 17 : return address;
1604 : : }
1605 : :
1606 : : /*
1607 : : * Subroutine for renametrig -- perform the actual work of renaming one
1608 : : * trigger on one table.
1609 : : *
1610 : : * If the trigger has a name different from the expected one, raise a
1611 : : * NOTICE about it.
1612 : : */
1613 : : static void
1614 : 37 : renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel, HeapTuple trigtup,
1615 : : const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
1616 : : {
1617 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1618 : : Form_pg_trigger tgform;
1619 : : ScanKeyData key[2];
1620 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1621 : :
1622 : : /* If the trigger already has the new name, nothing to do. */
1623 : 37 : tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
1624 [ - + ]: 37 : if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), newname) == 0)
1625 : 0 : return;
1626 : :
1627 : : /*
1628 : : * Before actually trying the rename, search for triggers with the same
1629 : : * name. The update would fail with an ugly message in that case, and it
1630 : : * is better to throw a nicer error.
1631 : : */
1632 : 37 : ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
1633 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1634 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1635 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(targetrel)));
1636 : 37 : ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
1637 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1638 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1639 : : PointerGetDatum(newname));
1640 : 37 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1641 : : NULL, 2, key);
1642 [ + + ]: 37 : if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1643 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
1644 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
1645 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
1646 : : newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
1647 : 33 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1648 : :
1649 : : /*
1650 : : * The target name is free; update the existing pg_trigger tuple with it.
1651 : : */
1652 : 33 : tuple = heap_copytuple(trigtup); /* need a modifiable copy */
1653 : 33 : tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1654 : :
1655 : : /*
1656 : : * If the trigger has a name different from what we expected, let the user
1657 : : * know. (We can proceed anyway, since we must have reached here following
1658 : : * a tgparentid link.)
1659 : : */
1660 [ - + ]: 33 : if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), expected_name) != 0)
1661 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(NOTICE,
1662 : : errmsg("renamed trigger \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
1663 : : NameStr(tgform->tgname),
1664 : : RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)));
1665 : :
1666 : 33 : namestrcpy(&tgform->tgname, newname);
1667 : :
1668 : 33 : CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
1669 : :
1670 [ - + ]: 33 : InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
1671 : :
1672 : : /*
1673 : : * Invalidate relation's relcache entry so that other backends (and this
1674 : : * one too!) are sent SI message to make them rebuild relcache entries.
1675 : : * (Ideally this should happen automatically...)
1676 : : */
1677 : 33 : CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrel);
1678 : : }
1679 : :
1680 : : /*
1681 : : * Subroutine for renametrig -- Helper for recursing to partitions when
1682 : : * renaming triggers on a partitioned table.
1683 : : */
1684 : : static void
1685 : 20 : renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId, Oid parentTriggerOid,
1686 : : const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
1687 : : {
1688 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1689 : : ScanKeyData key;
1690 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1691 : :
1692 : : /*
1693 : : * Given a relation and the OID of a trigger on parent relation, find the
1694 : : * corresponding trigger in the child and rename that trigger to the given
1695 : : * name.
1696 : : */
1697 : 20 : ScanKeyInit(&key,
1698 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1699 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1700 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
1701 : 20 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1702 : : NULL, 1, &key);
1703 [ + + ]: 32 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1704 : : {
1705 : 28 : Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1706 : : Relation partitionRel;
1707 : :
1708 [ + + ]: 28 : if (tgform->tgparentid != parentTriggerOid)
1709 : 12 : continue; /* not our trigger */
1710 : :
1711 : 16 : partitionRel = table_open(partitionId, NoLock);
1712 : :
1713 : : /* Rename the trigger on this partition */
1714 : 16 : renametrig_internal(tgrel, partitionRel, tuple, newname, expected_name);
1715 : :
1716 : : /* And if this relation is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
1717 [ + + ]: 12 : if (partitionRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1718 : : {
1719 : 4 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(partitionRel,
1720 : : true);
1721 : :
1722 [ + + ]: 12 : for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1723 : : {
1724 : 8 : Oid partoid = partdesc->oids[i];
1725 : :
1726 : 8 : renametrig_partition(tgrel, partoid, tgform->oid, newname,
1727 : 8 : NameStr(tgform->tgname));
1728 : : }
1729 : : }
1730 : 12 : table_close(partitionRel, NoLock);
1731 : :
1732 : : /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
1733 : 12 : break;
1734 : : }
1735 : 16 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1736 : 16 : }
1737 : :
1738 : : /*
1739 : : * EnableDisableTrigger()
1740 : : *
1741 : : * Called by ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE [ REPLICA | ALWAYS ] TRIGGER
1742 : : * to change 'tgenabled' field for the specified trigger(s)
1743 : : *
1744 : : * rel: relation to process (caller must hold suitable lock on it)
1745 : : * tgname: name of trigger to process, or NULL to scan all triggers
1746 : : * tgparent: if not zero, process only triggers with this tgparentid
1747 : : * fires_when: new value for tgenabled field. In addition to generic
1748 : : * enablement/disablement, this also defines when the trigger
1749 : : * should be fired in session replication roles.
1750 : : * skip_system: if true, skip "system" triggers (constraint triggers)
1751 : : * recurse: if true, recurse to partitions
1752 : : *
1753 : : * Caller should have checked permissions for the table; here we also
1754 : : * enforce that superuser privilege is required to alter the state of
1755 : : * system triggers
1756 : : */
1757 : : void
1758 : 264 : EnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent,
1759 : : char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse,
1760 : : LOCKMODE lockmode)
1761 : : {
1762 : : Relation tgrel;
1763 : : int nkeys;
1764 : : ScanKeyData keys[2];
1765 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1766 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1767 : : bool found;
1768 : : bool changed;
1769 : :
1770 : : /* Scan the relevant entries in pg_triggers */
1771 : 264 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1772 : :
1773 : 264 : ScanKeyInit(&keys[0],
1774 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1775 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1776 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
1777 [ + + ]: 264 : if (tgname)
1778 : : {
1779 : 175 : ScanKeyInit(&keys[1],
1780 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1781 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1782 : : CStringGetDatum(tgname));
1783 : 175 : nkeys = 2;
1784 : : }
1785 : : else
1786 : 89 : nkeys = 1;
1787 : :
1788 : 264 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1789 : : NULL, nkeys, keys);
1790 : :
1791 : 264 : found = changed = false;
1792 : :
1793 [ + + ]: 712 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1794 : : {
1795 : 448 : Form_pg_trigger oldtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1796 : :
1797 [ + + + + ]: 448 : if (OidIsValid(tgparent) && tgparent != oldtrig->tgparentid)
1798 : 128 : continue;
1799 : :
1800 [ + + ]: 320 : if (oldtrig->tgisinternal)
1801 : : {
1802 : : /* system trigger ... ok to process? */
1803 [ + + ]: 48 : if (skip_system)
1804 : 8 : continue;
1805 [ - + ]: 40 : if (!superuser())
1806 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1807 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1808 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system trigger",
1809 : : NameStr(oldtrig->tgname))));
1810 : : }
1811 : :
1812 : 312 : found = true;
1813 : :
1814 [ + + ]: 312 : if (oldtrig->tgenabled != fires_when)
1815 : : {
1816 : : /* need to change this one ... make a copy to scribble on */
1817 : 292 : HeapTuple newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
1818 : 292 : Form_pg_trigger newtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
1819 : :
1820 : 292 : newtrig->tgenabled = fires_when;
1821 : :
1822 : 292 : CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
1823 : :
1824 : 292 : heap_freetuple(newtup);
1825 : :
1826 : 292 : changed = true;
1827 : : }
1828 : :
1829 : : /*
1830 : : * When altering FOR EACH ROW triggers on a partitioned table, do the
1831 : : * same on the partitions as well, unless ONLY is specified.
1832 : : *
1833 : : * Note that we recurse even if we didn't change the trigger above,
1834 : : * because the partitions' copy of the trigger may have a different
1835 : : * value of tgenabled than the parent's trigger and thus might need to
1836 : : * be changed.
1837 : : */
1838 [ + + ]: 312 : if (recurse &&
1839 [ + + ]: 295 : rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
1840 [ + + ]: 57 : (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(oldtrig->tgtype)))
1841 : : {
1842 : 49 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
1843 : : int i;
1844 : :
1845 [ + + ]: 122 : for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1846 : : {
1847 : : Relation part;
1848 : :
1849 : 73 : part = relation_open(partdesc->oids[i], lockmode);
1850 : : /* Match on child triggers' tgparentid, not their name */
1851 : 73 : EnableDisableTrigger(part, NULL, oldtrig->oid,
1852 : : fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
1853 : : lockmode);
1854 : 73 : table_close(part, NoLock); /* keep lock till commit */
1855 : : }
1856 : : }
1857 : :
1858 [ + + ]: 312 : InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId,
1859 : : oldtrig->oid, 0);
1860 : : }
1861 : :
1862 : 264 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1863 : :
1864 : 264 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1865 : :
1866 [ + + - + ]: 264 : if (tgname && !found)
1867 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1868 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
1869 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
1870 : : tgname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
1871 : :
1872 : : /*
1873 : : * If we changed anything, broadcast a SI inval message to force each
1874 : : * backend (including our own!) to rebuild relation's relcache entry.
1875 : : * Otherwise they will fail to apply the change promptly.
1876 : : */
1877 [ + + ]: 264 : if (changed)
1878 : 260 : CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
1879 : 264 : }
1880 : :
1881 : :
1882 : : /*
1883 : : * Build trigger data to attach to the given relcache entry.
1884 : : *
1885 : : * Note that trigger data attached to a relcache entry must be stored in
1886 : : * CacheMemoryContext to ensure it survives as long as the relcache entry.
1887 : : * But we should be running in a less long-lived working context. To avoid
1888 : : * leaking cache memory if this routine fails partway through, we build a
1889 : : * temporary TriggerDesc in working memory and then copy the completed
1890 : : * structure into cache memory.
1891 : : */
1892 : : void
1893 : 42979 : RelationBuildTriggers(Relation relation)
1894 : : {
1895 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
1896 : : int numtrigs;
1897 : : int maxtrigs;
1898 : : Trigger *triggers;
1899 : : Relation tgrel;
1900 : : ScanKeyData skey;
1901 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1902 : : HeapTuple htup;
1903 : : MemoryContext oldContext;
1904 : : int i;
1905 : :
1906 : : /*
1907 : : * Allocate a working array to hold the triggers (the array is extended if
1908 : : * necessary)
1909 : : */
1910 : 42979 : maxtrigs = 16;
1911 : 42979 : triggers = (Trigger *) palloc(maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
1912 : 42979 : numtrigs = 0;
1913 : :
1914 : : /*
1915 : : * Note: since we scan the triggers using TriggerRelidNameIndexId, we will
1916 : : * be reading the triggers in name order, except possibly during
1917 : : * emergency-recovery operations (ie, IgnoreSystemIndexes). This in turn
1918 : : * ensures that triggers will be fired in name order.
1919 : : */
1920 : 42979 : ScanKeyInit(&skey,
1921 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1922 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1923 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
1924 : :
1925 : 42979 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
1926 : 42979 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1927 : : NULL, 1, &skey);
1928 : :
1929 [ + + ]: 120226 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1930 : : {
1931 : 77247 : Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
1932 : : Trigger *build;
1933 : : Datum datum;
1934 : : bool isnull;
1935 : :
1936 [ + + ]: 77247 : if (numtrigs >= maxtrigs)
1937 : : {
1938 : 32 : maxtrigs *= 2;
1939 : 32 : triggers = (Trigger *) repalloc(triggers, maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
1940 : : }
1941 : 77247 : build = &(triggers[numtrigs]);
1942 : :
1943 : 77247 : build->tgoid = pg_trigger->oid;
1944 : 77247 : build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
1945 : : NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
1946 : 77247 : build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
1947 : 77247 : build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
1948 : 77247 : build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
1949 : 77247 : build->tgisinternal = pg_trigger->tgisinternal;
1950 : 77247 : build->tgisclone = OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid);
1951 : 77247 : build->tgconstrrelid = pg_trigger->tgconstrrelid;
1952 : 77247 : build->tgconstrindid = pg_trigger->tgconstrindid;
1953 : 77247 : build->tgconstraint = pg_trigger->tgconstraint;
1954 : 77247 : build->tgdeferrable = pg_trigger->tgdeferrable;
1955 : 77247 : build->tginitdeferred = pg_trigger->tginitdeferred;
1956 : 77247 : build->tgnargs = pg_trigger->tgnargs;
1957 : : /* tgattr is first var-width field, so OK to access directly */
1958 : 77247 : build->tgnattr = pg_trigger->tgattr.dim1;
1959 [ + + ]: 77247 : if (build->tgnattr > 0)
1960 : : {
1961 : 458 : build->tgattr = (int16 *) palloc(build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
1962 : 458 : memcpy(build->tgattr, &(pg_trigger->tgattr.values),
1963 : 458 : build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
1964 : : }
1965 : : else
1966 : 76789 : build->tgattr = NULL;
1967 [ + + ]: 77247 : if (build->tgnargs > 0)
1968 : : {
1969 : : bytea *val;
1970 : : char *p;
1971 : :
1972 : 2942 : val = DatumGetByteaPP(fastgetattr(htup,
1973 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs,
1974 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull));
1975 [ - + ]: 2942 : if (isnull)
1976 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null in trigger for relation \"%s\"",
1977 : : RelationGetRelationName(relation));
1978 : 2942 : p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(val);
1979 : 2942 : build->tgargs = (char **) palloc(build->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
1980 [ + + ]: 6807 : for (i = 0; i < build->tgnargs; i++)
1981 : : {
1982 : 3865 : build->tgargs[i] = pstrdup(p);
1983 : 3865 : p += strlen(p) + 1;
1984 : : }
1985 : : }
1986 : : else
1987 : 74305 : build->tgargs = NULL;
1988 : :
1989 : 77247 : datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable,
1990 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
1991 [ + + ]: 77247 : if (!isnull)
1992 : 755 : build->tgoldtable =
1993 : 755 : DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
1994 : : else
1995 : 76492 : build->tgoldtable = NULL;
1996 : :
1997 : 77247 : datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable,
1998 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
1999 [ + + ]: 77247 : if (!isnull)
2000 : 992 : build->tgnewtable =
2001 : 992 : DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
2002 : : else
2003 : 76255 : build->tgnewtable = NULL;
2004 : :
2005 : 77247 : datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual,
2006 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
2007 [ + + ]: 77247 : if (!isnull)
2008 : 581 : build->tgqual = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
2009 : : else
2010 : 76666 : build->tgqual = NULL;
2011 : :
2012 : 77247 : numtrigs++;
2013 : : }
2014 : :
2015 : 42979 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
2016 : 42979 : table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
2017 : :
2018 : : /* There might not be any triggers */
2019 [ + + ]: 42979 : if (numtrigs == 0)
2020 : : {
2021 : 10029 : pfree(triggers);
2022 : 10029 : return;
2023 : : }
2024 : :
2025 : : /* Build trigdesc */
2026 : 32950 : trigdesc = palloc0_object(TriggerDesc);
2027 : 32950 : trigdesc->triggers = triggers;
2028 : 32950 : trigdesc->numtriggers = numtrigs;
2029 [ + + ]: 110197 : for (i = 0; i < numtrigs; i++)
2030 : 77247 : SetTriggerFlags(trigdesc, &(triggers[i]));
2031 : :
2032 : : /* Copy completed trigdesc into cache storage */
2033 : 32950 : oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext);
2034 : 32950 : relation->trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
2035 : 32950 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
2036 : :
2037 : : /* Release working memory */
2038 : 32950 : FreeTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
2039 : : }
2040 : :
2041 : : /*
2042 : : * Update the TriggerDesc's hint flags to include the specified trigger
2043 : : */
2044 : : static void
2045 : 77247 : SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger)
2046 : : {
2047 : 77247 : int16 tgtype = trigger->tgtype;
2048 : :
2049 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_insert_before_row |=
2050 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2051 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2052 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row |=
2053 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2054 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2055 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_insert_instead_row |=
2056 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2057 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2058 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement |=
2059 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2060 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2061 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement |=
2062 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2063 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2064 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_update_before_row |=
2065 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2066 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2067 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_update_after_row |=
2068 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2069 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2070 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_update_instead_row |=
2071 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2072 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2073 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement |=
2074 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2075 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2076 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement |=
2077 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2078 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2079 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_delete_before_row |=
2080 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2081 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2082 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row |=
2083 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2084 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2085 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_delete_instead_row |=
2086 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2087 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2088 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement |=
2089 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2090 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2091 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement |=
2092 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2093 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2094 : : /* there are no row-level truncate triggers */
2095 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement |=
2096 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2097 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
2098 : 77247 : trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement |=
2099 : 77247 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2100 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
2101 : :
2102 : 154494 : trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table |=
2103 [ + + ]: 103023 : (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) &&
2104 [ + + ]: 25776 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
2105 : 154494 : trigdesc->trig_update_old_table |=
2106 [ + + ]: 112116 : (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
2107 [ + + ]: 34869 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
2108 : 154494 : trigdesc->trig_update_new_table |=
2109 [ + + ]: 112116 : (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
2110 [ + + ]: 34869 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
2111 : 154494 : trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table |=
2112 [ + + ]: 98534 : (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) &&
2113 [ + + ]: 21287 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
2114 : 77247 : }
2115 : :
2116 : : /*
2117 : : * Copy a TriggerDesc data structure.
2118 : : *
2119 : : * The copy is allocated in the current memory context.
2120 : : */
2121 : : TriggerDesc *
2122 : 293850 : CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
2123 : : {
2124 : : TriggerDesc *newdesc;
2125 : : Trigger *trigger;
2126 : : int i;
2127 : :
2128 [ + + - + ]: 293850 : if (trigdesc == NULL || trigdesc->numtriggers <= 0)
2129 : 248022 : return NULL;
2130 : :
2131 : 45828 : newdesc = palloc_object(TriggerDesc);
2132 : 45828 : memcpy(newdesc, trigdesc, sizeof(TriggerDesc));
2133 : :
2134 : 45828 : trigger = (Trigger *) palloc(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
2135 : 45828 : memcpy(trigger, trigdesc->triggers,
2136 : 45828 : trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
2137 : 45828 : newdesc->triggers = trigger;
2138 : :
2139 [ + + ]: 157936 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2140 : : {
2141 : 112108 : trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
2142 [ + + ]: 112108 : if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
2143 : : {
2144 : : int16 *newattr;
2145 : :
2146 : 821 : newattr = (int16 *) palloc(trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
2147 : 821 : memcpy(newattr, trigger->tgattr,
2148 : 821 : trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
2149 : 821 : trigger->tgattr = newattr;
2150 : : }
2151 [ + + ]: 112108 : if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
2152 : : {
2153 : : char **newargs;
2154 : : int16 j;
2155 : :
2156 : 7306 : newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
2157 [ + + ]: 16001 : for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
2158 : 8695 : newargs[j] = pstrdup(trigger->tgargs[j]);
2159 : 7306 : trigger->tgargs = newargs;
2160 : : }
2161 [ + + ]: 112108 : if (trigger->tgqual)
2162 : 985 : trigger->tgqual = pstrdup(trigger->tgqual);
2163 [ + + ]: 112108 : if (trigger->tgoldtable)
2164 : 1610 : trigger->tgoldtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgoldtable);
2165 [ + + ]: 112108 : if (trigger->tgnewtable)
2166 : 1883 : trigger->tgnewtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgnewtable);
2167 : 112108 : trigger++;
2168 : : }
2169 : :
2170 : 45828 : return newdesc;
2171 : : }
2172 : :
2173 : : /*
2174 : : * Free a TriggerDesc data structure.
2175 : : */
2176 : : void
2177 : 898490 : FreeTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
2178 : : {
2179 : : Trigger *trigger;
2180 : : int i;
2181 : :
2182 [ + + ]: 898490 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2183 : 834855 : return;
2184 : :
2185 : 63635 : trigger = trigdesc->triggers;
2186 [ + + ]: 211128 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2187 : : {
2188 : 147493 : pfree(trigger->tgname);
2189 [ + + ]: 147493 : if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
2190 : 879 : pfree(trigger->tgattr);
2191 [ + + ]: 147493 : if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
2192 : : {
2193 [ + + ]: 13190 : while (--(trigger->tgnargs) >= 0)
2194 : 7503 : pfree(trigger->tgargs[trigger->tgnargs]);
2195 : 5687 : pfree(trigger->tgargs);
2196 : : }
2197 [ + + ]: 147493 : if (trigger->tgqual)
2198 : 1095 : pfree(trigger->tgqual);
2199 [ + + ]: 147493 : if (trigger->tgoldtable)
2200 : 1465 : pfree(trigger->tgoldtable);
2201 [ + + ]: 147493 : if (trigger->tgnewtable)
2202 : 1930 : pfree(trigger->tgnewtable);
2203 : 147493 : trigger++;
2204 : : }
2205 : 63635 : pfree(trigdesc->triggers);
2206 : 63635 : pfree(trigdesc);
2207 : : }
2208 : :
2209 : : /*
2210 : : * Compare two TriggerDesc structures for logical equality.
2211 : : */
2212 : : #ifdef NOT_USED
2213 : : bool
2214 : : equalTriggerDescs(TriggerDesc *trigdesc1, TriggerDesc *trigdesc2)
2215 : : {
2216 : : int i,
2217 : : j;
2218 : :
2219 : : /*
2220 : : * We need not examine the hint flags, just the trigger array itself; if
2221 : : * we have the same triggers with the same types, the flags should match.
2222 : : *
2223 : : * As of 7.3 we assume trigger set ordering is significant in the
2224 : : * comparison; so we just compare corresponding slots of the two sets.
2225 : : *
2226 : : * Note: comparing the stringToNode forms of the WHEN clauses means that
2227 : : * parse column locations will affect the result. This is okay as long as
2228 : : * this function is only used for detecting exact equality, as for example
2229 : : * in checking for staleness of a cache entry.
2230 : : */
2231 : : if (trigdesc1 != NULL)
2232 : : {
2233 : : if (trigdesc2 == NULL)
2234 : : return false;
2235 : : if (trigdesc1->numtriggers != trigdesc2->numtriggers)
2236 : : return false;
2237 : : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc1->numtriggers; i++)
2238 : : {
2239 : : Trigger *trig1 = trigdesc1->triggers + i;
2240 : : Trigger *trig2 = trigdesc2->triggers + i;
2241 : :
2242 : : if (trig1->tgoid != trig2->tgoid)
2243 : : return false;
2244 : : if (strcmp(trig1->tgname, trig2->tgname) != 0)
2245 : : return false;
2246 : : if (trig1->tgfoid != trig2->tgfoid)
2247 : : return false;
2248 : : if (trig1->tgtype != trig2->tgtype)
2249 : : return false;
2250 : : if (trig1->tgenabled != trig2->tgenabled)
2251 : : return false;
2252 : : if (trig1->tgisinternal != trig2->tgisinternal)
2253 : : return false;
2254 : : if (trig1->tgisclone != trig2->tgisclone)
2255 : : return false;
2256 : : if (trig1->tgconstrrelid != trig2->tgconstrrelid)
2257 : : return false;
2258 : : if (trig1->tgconstrindid != trig2->tgconstrindid)
2259 : : return false;
2260 : : if (trig1->tgconstraint != trig2->tgconstraint)
2261 : : return false;
2262 : : if (trig1->tgdeferrable != trig2->tgdeferrable)
2263 : : return false;
2264 : : if (trig1->tginitdeferred != trig2->tginitdeferred)
2265 : : return false;
2266 : : if (trig1->tgnargs != trig2->tgnargs)
2267 : : return false;
2268 : : if (trig1->tgnattr != trig2->tgnattr)
2269 : : return false;
2270 : : if (trig1->tgnattr > 0 &&
2271 : : memcmp(trig1->tgattr, trig2->tgattr,
2272 : : trig1->tgnattr * sizeof(int16)) != 0)
2273 : : return false;
2274 : : for (j = 0; j < trig1->tgnargs; j++)
2275 : : if (strcmp(trig1->tgargs[j], trig2->tgargs[j]) != 0)
2276 : : return false;
2277 : : if (trig1->tgqual == NULL && trig2->tgqual == NULL)
2278 : : /* ok */ ;
2279 : : else if (trig1->tgqual == NULL || trig2->tgqual == NULL)
2280 : : return false;
2281 : : else if (strcmp(trig1->tgqual, trig2->tgqual) != 0)
2282 : : return false;
2283 : : if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL && trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
2284 : : /* ok */ ;
2285 : : else if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL || trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
2286 : : return false;
2287 : : else if (strcmp(trig1->tgoldtable, trig2->tgoldtable) != 0)
2288 : : return false;
2289 : : if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL && trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
2290 : : /* ok */ ;
2291 : : else if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL || trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
2292 : : return false;
2293 : : else if (strcmp(trig1->tgnewtable, trig2->tgnewtable) != 0)
2294 : : return false;
2295 : : }
2296 : : }
2297 : : else if (trigdesc2 != NULL)
2298 : : return false;
2299 : : return true;
2300 : : }
2301 : : #endif /* NOT_USED */
2302 : :
2303 : : /*
2304 : : * Check if there is a row-level trigger with transition tables that prevents
2305 : : * a table from becoming an inheritance child or partition. Return the name
2306 : : * of the first such incompatible trigger, or NULL if there is none.
2307 : : */
2308 : : const char *
2309 : 1814 : FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
2310 : : {
2311 [ + + ]: 1814 : if (trigdesc != NULL)
2312 : : {
2313 : : int i;
2314 : :
2315 [ + + ]: 408 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; ++i)
2316 : : {
2317 : 292 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2318 : :
2319 [ + + ]: 292 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigger->tgtype))
2320 : 24 : continue;
2321 [ + - + + ]: 268 : if (trigger->tgoldtable != NULL || trigger->tgnewtable != NULL)
2322 : 8 : return trigger->tgname;
2323 : : }
2324 : : }
2325 : :
2326 : 1806 : return NULL;
2327 : : }
2328 : :
2329 : : /*
2330 : : * Call a trigger function.
2331 : : *
2332 : : * trigdata: trigger descriptor.
2333 : : * tgindx: trigger's index in finfo and instr arrays.
2334 : : * finfo: array of cached trigger function call information.
2335 : : * instr: optional array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation state.
2336 : : * per_tuple_context: memory context to execute the function in.
2337 : : *
2338 : : * Returns the tuple (or NULL) as returned by the function.
2339 : : */
2340 : : static HeapTuple
2341 : 618250 : ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
2342 : : int tgindx,
2343 : : FmgrInfo *finfo,
2344 : : TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
2345 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context)
2346 : : {
2347 : 618250 : LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
2348 : : PgStat_FunctionCallUsage fcusage;
2349 : : Datum result;
2350 : : MemoryContext oldContext;
2351 : :
2352 : : /*
2353 : : * Protect against code paths that may fail to initialize transition table
2354 : : * info.
2355 : : */
2356 : : Assert(((TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event) ||
2357 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event) ||
2358 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event)) &&
2359 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event) &&
2360 : : !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) &&
2361 : : !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED)) ||
2362 : : (trigdata->tg_oldtable == NULL && trigdata->tg_newtable == NULL));
2363 : :
2364 : 618250 : finfo += tgindx;
2365 : :
2366 : : /*
2367 : : * We cache fmgr lookup info, to avoid making the lookup again on each
2368 : : * call.
2369 : : */
2370 [ + + ]: 618250 : if (finfo->fn_oid == InvalidOid)
2371 : 12979 : fmgr_info(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid, finfo);
2372 : :
2373 : : Assert(finfo->fn_oid == trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid);
2374 : :
2375 : : /*
2376 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger.
2377 : : */
2378 [ - + ]: 618250 : if (instr)
2379 : 0 : InstrStartTrigger(instr + tgindx);
2380 : :
2381 : : /*
2382 : : * Do the function evaluation in the per-tuple memory context, so that
2383 : : * leaked memory will be reclaimed once per tuple. Note in particular that
2384 : : * any new tuple created by the trigger function will live till the end of
2385 : : * the tuple cycle.
2386 : : */
2387 : 618250 : oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_tuple_context);
2388 : :
2389 : : /*
2390 : : * Call the function, passing no arguments but setting a context.
2391 : : */
2392 : 618250 : InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 0,
2393 : : InvalidOid, (Node *) trigdata, NULL);
2394 : :
2395 : 618250 : pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
2396 : :
2397 : 618250 : MyTriggerDepth++;
2398 [ + + ]: 618250 : PG_TRY();
2399 : : {
2400 : 618250 : result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
2401 : : }
2402 : 724 : PG_FINALLY();
2403 : : {
2404 : 618250 : MyTriggerDepth--;
2405 : : }
2406 [ + + ]: 618250 : PG_END_TRY();
2407 : :
2408 : 617526 : pgstat_end_function_usage(&fcusage, true);
2409 : :
2410 : 617526 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
2411 : :
2412 : : /*
2413 : : * Trigger protocol allows function to return a null pointer, but NOT to
2414 : : * set the isnull result flag.
2415 : : */
2416 [ - + ]: 617526 : if (fcinfo->isnull)
2417 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2418 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2419 : : errmsg("trigger function %u returned null value",
2420 : : fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid)));
2421 : :
2422 : : /*
2423 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
2424 : : * the firing of the trigger.
2425 : : */
2426 [ - + ]: 617526 : if (instr)
2427 : 0 : InstrStopTrigger(instr + tgindx, 1);
2428 : :
2429 : 617526 : return (HeapTuple) DatumGetPointer(result);
2430 : : }
2431 : :
2432 : : void
2433 : 60659 : ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
2434 : : {
2435 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
2436 : : int i;
2437 : 60659 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2438 : :
2439 : 60659 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2440 : :
2441 [ + + ]: 60659 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2442 : 60488 : return;
2443 [ + + ]: 5477 : if (!trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement)
2444 : 5306 : return;
2445 : :
2446 : : /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
2447 [ - + ]: 171 : if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
2448 : : CMD_INSERT))
2449 : 0 : return;
2450 : :
2451 : 171 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2452 : 171 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
2453 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2454 : 171 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2455 [ + + ]: 1533 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2456 : : {
2457 : 1370 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2458 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2459 : :
2460 [ + + ]: 1370 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2461 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2462 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2463 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
2464 : 1191 : continue;
2465 [ + + ]: 179 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2466 : : NULL, NULL, NULL))
2467 : 20 : continue;
2468 : :
2469 : 159 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2470 : 159 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2471 : : i,
2472 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2473 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2474 [ + + ]: 159 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2475 : :
2476 [ - + ]: 151 : if (newtuple)
2477 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2478 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2479 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
2480 : : }
2481 : : }
2482 : :
2483 : : void
2484 : 58829 : ExecASInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2485 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2486 : : {
2487 : 58829 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2488 : :
2489 [ + + + + ]: 58829 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement)
2490 : 349 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2491 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
2492 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
2493 : : false);
2494 : 58829 : }
2495 : :
2496 : : bool
2497 : 1616 : ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2498 : : TupleTableSlot *slot)
2499 : : {
2500 : 1616 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2501 : 1616 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
2502 : : bool should_free;
2503 : 1616 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2504 : : int i;
2505 : :
2506 : 1616 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2507 : 1616 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
2508 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2509 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2510 : 1616 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2511 [ + + ]: 7601 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2512 : : {
2513 : 6189 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2514 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
2515 : :
2516 [ + + ]: 6189 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2517 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2518 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2519 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
2520 : 3047 : continue;
2521 [ + + ]: 3142 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2522 : : NULL, NULL, slot))
2523 : 41 : continue;
2524 : :
2525 [ + + ]: 3101 : if (!newtuple)
2526 : 1593 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
2527 : :
2528 : 3101 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2529 : 3101 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
2530 : 3101 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2531 : 3101 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2532 : : i,
2533 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2534 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2535 [ + + ]: 3101 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2536 [ + + ]: 3055 : if (newtuple == NULL)
2537 : : {
2538 [ + + ]: 142 : if (should_free)
2539 : 13 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2540 : 142 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
2541 : : }
2542 [ + + ]: 2913 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
2543 : : {
2544 : 544 : newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
2545 : :
2546 : 544 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
2547 : :
2548 : : /*
2549 : : * After a tuple in a partition goes through a trigger, the user
2550 : : * could have changed the partition key enough that the tuple no
2551 : : * longer fits the partition. Verify that.
2552 : : */
2553 [ + + ]: 544 : if (trigger->tgisclone &&
2554 [ + + ]: 44 : !ExecPartitionCheck(relinfo, slot, estate, false))
2555 [ + - ]: 16 : ereport(ERROR,
2556 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2557 : : errmsg("moving row to another partition during a BEFORE FOR EACH ROW trigger is not supported"),
2558 : : errdetail("Before executing trigger \"%s\", the row was to be in partition \"%s.%s\".",
2559 : : trigger->tgname,
2560 : : get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc)),
2561 : : RelationGetRelationName(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc))));
2562 : :
2563 [ + + ]: 528 : if (should_free)
2564 : 34 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2565 : :
2566 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
2567 : 528 : newtuple = NULL;
2568 : : }
2569 : : }
2570 : :
2571 : 1412 : return true;
2572 : : }
2573 : :
2574 : : void
2575 : 8311808 : ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2576 : : TupleTableSlot *slot, List *recheckIndexes,
2577 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2578 : : {
2579 : 8311808 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2580 : :
2581 [ + + + + ]: 8311808 : if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
2582 [ + - ]: 4 : transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table)
2583 : : {
2584 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
2585 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
2586 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2587 : : errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
2588 : : }
2589 : :
2590 [ + + + + : 8311804 : if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
+ + ]
2591 [ + + ]: 40224 : (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table))
2592 : 447524 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2593 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
2594 : : true, NULL, slot,
2595 : : recheckIndexes, NULL,
2596 : : transition_capture,
2597 : : false);
2598 : 8311804 : }
2599 : :
2600 : : bool
2601 : 119 : ExecIRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2602 : : TupleTableSlot *slot)
2603 : : {
2604 : 119 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2605 : 119 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
2606 : : bool should_free;
2607 : 119 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2608 : : int i;
2609 : :
2610 : 119 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2611 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
2612 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2613 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
2614 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2615 [ + + ]: 362 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2616 : : {
2617 : 255 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2618 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
2619 : :
2620 [ + + ]: 255 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2621 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2622 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
2623 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
2624 : 136 : continue;
2625 [ - + ]: 119 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2626 : : NULL, NULL, slot))
2627 : 0 : continue;
2628 : :
2629 [ + - ]: 119 : if (!newtuple)
2630 : 119 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
2631 : :
2632 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2633 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
2634 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2635 : 119 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2636 : : i,
2637 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2638 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2639 [ + + ]: 119 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2640 [ + + ]: 119 : if (newtuple == NULL)
2641 : : {
2642 [ + - ]: 12 : if (should_free)
2643 : 12 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2644 : 12 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
2645 : : }
2646 [ + + ]: 107 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
2647 : : {
2648 : 36 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
2649 : :
2650 [ + - ]: 36 : if (should_free)
2651 : 36 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2652 : :
2653 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
2654 : 36 : newtuple = NULL;
2655 : : }
2656 : : }
2657 : :
2658 : 107 : return true;
2659 : : }
2660 : :
2661 : : void
2662 : 8656 : ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
2663 : : {
2664 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
2665 : : int i;
2666 : 8656 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2667 : :
2668 : 8656 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2669 : :
2670 [ + + ]: 8656 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2671 : 8597 : return;
2672 [ + + ]: 1064 : if (!trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement)
2673 : 977 : return;
2674 : :
2675 : : /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
2676 [ + + ]: 87 : if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
2677 : : CMD_DELETE))
2678 : 28 : return;
2679 : :
2680 : 59 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2681 : 59 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
2682 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2683 : 59 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2684 [ + + ]: 548 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2685 : : {
2686 : 489 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2687 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2688 : :
2689 [ + + ]: 489 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2690 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2691 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2692 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
2693 : 430 : continue;
2694 [ + + ]: 59 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2695 : : NULL, NULL, NULL))
2696 : 8 : continue;
2697 : :
2698 : 51 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2699 : 51 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2700 : : i,
2701 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2702 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2703 [ + + ]: 51 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2704 : :
2705 [ - + ]: 51 : if (newtuple)
2706 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2707 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2708 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
2709 : : }
2710 : : }
2711 : :
2712 : : void
2713 : 8521 : ExecASDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2714 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2715 : : {
2716 : 8521 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2717 : :
2718 [ + + + + ]: 8521 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement)
2719 : 165 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2720 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
2721 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
2722 : : false);
2723 : 8521 : }
2724 : :
2725 : : /*
2726 : : * Execute BEFORE ROW DELETE triggers.
2727 : : *
2728 : : * True indicates caller can proceed with the delete. False indicates caller
2729 : : * need to suppress the delete and additionally if requested, we need to pass
2730 : : * back the concurrently updated tuple if any.
2731 : : */
2732 : : bool
2733 : 218 : ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
2734 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2735 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
2736 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
2737 : : TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
2738 : : TM_Result *tmresult,
2739 : : TM_FailureData *tmfd,
2740 : : bool is_merge_delete)
2741 : : {
2742 : 218 : TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
2743 : 218 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2744 : 218 : bool result = true;
2745 : 218 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2746 : : HeapTuple trigtuple;
2747 : 218 : bool should_free = false;
2748 : : int i;
2749 : :
2750 : : Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
2751 [ + + ]: 218 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
2752 : : {
2753 : 210 : TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
2754 : :
2755 : : /*
2756 : : * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to delete. In
2757 : : * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
2758 : : * recheck it using EPQ. However, if this is a MERGE DELETE action,
2759 : : * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
2760 : : * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
2761 : : * action entirely).
2762 : : */
2763 [ + + ]: 206 : if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
2764 : : LockTupleExclusive, slot, !is_merge_delete,
2765 : 210 : &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
2766 : 6 : return false;
2767 : :
2768 : : /*
2769 : : * If the tuple was concurrently updated and the caller of this
2770 : : * function requested for the updated tuple, skip the trigger
2771 : : * execution.
2772 : : */
2773 [ + + + - ]: 201 : if (epqslot_candidate != NULL && epqslot != NULL)
2774 : : {
2775 : 1 : *epqslot = epqslot_candidate;
2776 : 1 : return false;
2777 : : }
2778 : :
2779 : 200 : trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
2780 : : }
2781 : : else
2782 : : {
2783 : 8 : trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
2784 : 8 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
2785 : : }
2786 : :
2787 : 208 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2788 : 208 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
2789 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2790 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2791 : 208 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2792 [ + + ]: 842 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2793 : : {
2794 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2795 : 674 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2796 : :
2797 [ + + ]: 674 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2798 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2799 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2800 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
2801 : 462 : continue;
2802 [ + + ]: 212 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2803 : : NULL, slot, NULL))
2804 : 9 : continue;
2805 : :
2806 : 203 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2807 : 203 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
2808 : 203 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2809 : 203 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2810 : : i,
2811 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2812 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2813 [ + + ]: 203 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2814 [ + + ]: 197 : if (newtuple == NULL)
2815 : : {
2816 : 34 : result = false; /* tell caller to suppress delete */
2817 : 34 : break;
2818 : : }
2819 [ + + ]: 163 : if (newtuple != trigtuple)
2820 : 33 : heap_freetuple(newtuple);
2821 : : }
2822 [ - + ]: 202 : if (should_free)
2823 : 0 : heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
2824 : :
2825 : 202 : return result;
2826 : : }
2827 : :
2828 : : /*
2829 : : * Note: is_crosspart_update must be true if the DELETE is being performed
2830 : : * as part of a cross-partition update.
2831 : : */
2832 : : void
2833 : 1094166 : ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
2834 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2835 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
2836 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
2837 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
2838 : : bool is_crosspart_update)
2839 : : {
2840 : 1094166 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2841 : :
2842 [ + + + + ]: 1094166 : if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
2843 [ + - ]: 2 : transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table)
2844 : : {
2845 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
2846 [ + - ]: 2 : ereport(ERROR,
2847 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2848 : : errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
2849 : : }
2850 : :
2851 [ + + + + : 1094164 : if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
+ + ]
2852 [ + + ]: 3344 : (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table))
2853 : : {
2854 : 4147 : TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
2855 : :
2856 : : Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
2857 [ + + ]: 4147 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
2858 : 4139 : GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
2859 : : NULL,
2860 : : relinfo,
2861 : : tupleid,
2862 : : LockTupleExclusive,
2863 : : slot,
2864 : : false,
2865 : : NULL,
2866 : : NULL,
2867 : : NULL);
2868 : : else
2869 : 8 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, slot, false);
2870 : :
2871 : 4147 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2872 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
2873 : : true, slot, NULL, NIL, NULL,
2874 : : transition_capture,
2875 : : is_crosspart_update);
2876 : : }
2877 : 1094164 : }
2878 : :
2879 : : bool
2880 : 39 : ExecIRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2881 : : HeapTuple trigtuple)
2882 : : {
2883 : 39 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2884 : 39 : TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
2885 : 39 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2886 : : int i;
2887 : :
2888 : 39 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2889 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
2890 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2891 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
2892 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2893 : :
2894 : 39 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
2895 : :
2896 [ + + ]: 234 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2897 : : {
2898 : : HeapTuple rettuple;
2899 : 199 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2900 : :
2901 [ + + ]: 199 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2902 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2903 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
2904 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
2905 : 160 : continue;
2906 [ - + ]: 39 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2907 : : NULL, slot, NULL))
2908 : 0 : continue;
2909 : :
2910 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2911 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
2912 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2913 : 39 : rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2914 : : i,
2915 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2916 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2917 [ + + ]: 39 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2918 [ + + ]: 39 : if (rettuple == NULL)
2919 : 4 : return false; /* Delete was suppressed */
2920 [ - + ]: 35 : if (rettuple != trigtuple)
2921 : 0 : heap_freetuple(rettuple);
2922 : : }
2923 : 35 : return true;
2924 : : }
2925 : :
2926 : : void
2927 : 10301 : ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
2928 : : {
2929 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
2930 : : int i;
2931 : 10301 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2932 : : Bitmapset *updatedCols;
2933 : :
2934 : 10301 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2935 : :
2936 [ + + ]: 10301 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2937 : 10168 : return;
2938 [ + + ]: 2761 : if (!trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement)
2939 : 2628 : return;
2940 : :
2941 : : /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
2942 [ - + ]: 133 : if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
2943 : : CMD_UPDATE))
2944 : 0 : return;
2945 : :
2946 : : /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
2947 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
2948 : :
2949 : 133 : updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
2950 : :
2951 : 133 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2952 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
2953 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2954 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2955 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
2956 [ + + ]: 1188 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2957 : : {
2958 : 1055 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2959 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2960 : :
2961 [ + + ]: 1055 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2962 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2963 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2964 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
2965 : 918 : continue;
2966 [ + + ]: 137 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2967 : : updatedCols, NULL, NULL))
2968 : 4 : continue;
2969 : :
2970 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2971 : 133 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2972 : : i,
2973 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2974 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2975 [ + - ]: 133 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2976 : :
2977 [ - + ]: 133 : if (newtuple)
2978 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2979 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2980 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
2981 : : }
2982 : : }
2983 : :
2984 : : void
2985 : 9647 : ExecASUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2986 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2987 : : {
2988 : 9647 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2989 : :
2990 : : /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
2991 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
2992 : :
2993 [ + + + + ]: 9647 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement)
2994 : 277 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2995 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
2996 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL,
2997 : : ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
2998 : : transition_capture,
2999 : : false);
3000 : 9647 : }
3001 : :
3002 : : bool
3003 : 1587 : ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
3004 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3005 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
3006 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
3007 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
3008 : : TM_Result *tmresult,
3009 : : TM_FailureData *tmfd,
3010 : : bool is_merge_update)
3011 : : {
3012 : 1587 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3013 : 1587 : TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
3014 : 1587 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
3015 : : HeapTuple trigtuple;
3016 : 1587 : bool should_free_trig = false;
3017 : 1587 : bool should_free_new = false;
3018 : 1587 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
3019 : : int i;
3020 : : Bitmapset *updatedCols;
3021 : : LockTupleMode lockmode;
3022 : :
3023 : : /* Determine lock mode to use */
3024 : 1587 : lockmode = ExecUpdateLockMode(estate, relinfo);
3025 : :
3026 : : Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
3027 [ + + ]: 1587 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
3028 : : {
3029 : 1568 : TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
3030 : :
3031 : : /*
3032 : : * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update. In
3033 : : * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
3034 : : * recheck it using EPQ. However, if this is a MERGE UPDATE action,
3035 : : * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
3036 : : * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
3037 : : * action entirely).
3038 : : */
3039 [ + + ]: 1564 : if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
3040 : : lockmode, oldslot, !is_merge_update,
3041 : 1568 : &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
3042 : 13 : return false; /* cancel the update action */
3043 : :
3044 : : /*
3045 : : * In READ COMMITTED isolation level it's possible that target tuple
3046 : : * was changed due to concurrent update. In that case we have a raw
3047 : : * subplan output tuple in epqslot_candidate, and need to form a new
3048 : : * insertable tuple using ExecGetUpdateNewTuple to replace the one we
3049 : : * received in newslot. Neither we nor our callers have any further
3050 : : * interest in the passed-in tuple, so it's okay to overwrite newslot
3051 : : * with the newer data.
3052 : : */
3053 [ + + ]: 1551 : if (epqslot_candidate != NULL)
3054 : : {
3055 : : TupleTableSlot *epqslot_clean;
3056 : :
3057 : 3 : epqslot_clean = ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(relinfo, epqslot_candidate,
3058 : : oldslot);
3059 : :
3060 : : /*
3061 : : * Typically, the caller's newslot was also generated by
3062 : : * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple, so that epqslot_clean will be the same
3063 : : * slot and copying is not needed. But do the right thing if it
3064 : : * isn't.
3065 : : */
3066 [ - + ]: 3 : if (unlikely(newslot != epqslot_clean))
3067 : 0 : ExecCopySlot(newslot, epqslot_clean);
3068 : :
3069 : : /*
3070 : : * At this point newslot contains a virtual tuple that may
3071 : : * reference some fields of oldslot's tuple in some disk buffer.
3072 : : * If that tuple is in a different page than the original target
3073 : : * tuple, then our only pin on that buffer is oldslot's, and we're
3074 : : * about to release it. Hence we'd better materialize newslot to
3075 : : * ensure it doesn't contain references into an unpinned buffer.
3076 : : * (We'd materialize it below anyway, but too late for safety.)
3077 : : */
3078 : 3 : ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
3079 : : }
3080 : :
3081 : : /*
3082 : : * Here we convert oldslot to a materialized slot holding trigtuple.
3083 : : * Neither slot passed to the triggers will hold any buffer pin.
3084 : : */
3085 : 1551 : trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(oldslot, true, &should_free_trig);
3086 : : }
3087 : : else
3088 : : {
3089 : : /* Put the FDW-supplied tuple into oldslot to unify the cases */
3090 : 19 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
3091 : 19 : trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
3092 : : }
3093 : :
3094 : 1570 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
3095 : 1570 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
3096 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
3097 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
3098 : 1570 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3099 : 1570 : updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
3100 : 1570 : LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
3101 [ + + ]: 7448 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
3102 : : {
3103 : 5972 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
3104 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
3105 : :
3106 [ + + ]: 5972 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
3107 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
3108 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
3109 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
3110 : 3026 : continue;
3111 [ + + ]: 2946 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
3112 : : updatedCols, oldslot, newslot))
3113 : 65 : continue;
3114 : :
3115 [ + + ]: 2881 : if (!newtuple)
3116 : 1561 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free_new);
3117 : :
3118 : 2881 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
3119 : 2881 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
3120 : 2881 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
3121 : 2881 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
3122 : 2881 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
3123 : 2881 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
3124 : : i,
3125 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
3126 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
3127 [ + - ]: 2881 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
3128 : :
3129 [ + + ]: 2873 : if (newtuple == NULL)
3130 : : {
3131 [ - + ]: 86 : if (should_free_trig)
3132 : 0 : heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
3133 [ + + ]: 86 : if (should_free_new)
3134 : 2 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
3135 : 86 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
3136 : : }
3137 [ + + ]: 2787 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
3138 : : {
3139 : 744 : newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
3140 : :
3141 : 744 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
3142 : :
3143 : : /*
3144 : : * If the tuple returned by the trigger / being stored, is the old
3145 : : * row version, and the heap tuple passed to the trigger was
3146 : : * allocated locally, materialize the slot. Otherwise we might
3147 : : * free it while still referenced by the slot.
3148 : : */
3149 [ - + - - ]: 744 : if (should_free_trig && newtuple == trigtuple)
3150 : 0 : ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
3151 : :
3152 [ + + ]: 744 : if (should_free_new)
3153 : 1 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
3154 : :
3155 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
3156 : 744 : newtuple = NULL;
3157 : : }
3158 : : }
3159 [ - + ]: 1476 : if (should_free_trig)
3160 : 0 : heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
3161 : :
3162 : 1476 : return true;
3163 : : }
3164 : :
3165 : : /*
3166 : : * Note: 'src_partinfo' and 'dst_partinfo', when non-NULL, refer to the source
3167 : : * and destination partitions, respectively, of a cross-partition update of
3168 : : * the root partitioned table mentioned in the query, given by 'relinfo'.
3169 : : * 'tupleid' in that case refers to the ctid of the "old" tuple in the source
3170 : : * partition, and 'newslot' contains the "new" tuple in the destination
3171 : : * partition. This interface allows to support the requirements of
3172 : : * ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey(); is_crosspart_update must be true in
3173 : : * that case.
3174 : : */
3175 : : void
3176 : 2255679 : ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3177 : : ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
3178 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
3179 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
3180 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
3181 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
3182 : : List *recheckIndexes,
3183 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
3184 : : bool is_crosspart_update)
3185 : : {
3186 : 2255679 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3187 : :
3188 [ + + + + ]: 2255679 : if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
3189 [ - + ]: 2 : (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
3190 [ # # ]: 0 : transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table))
3191 : : {
3192 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
3193 [ + - ]: 2 : ereport(ERROR,
3194 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3195 : : errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
3196 : : }
3197 : :
3198 [ + + + + : 2255677 : if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
+ + ]
3199 : 247 : (transition_capture &&
3200 [ + + ]: 247 : (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
3201 [ + - ]: 12 : transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table)))
3202 : : {
3203 : : /*
3204 : : * Note: if the UPDATE is converted into a DELETE+INSERT as part of
3205 : : * update-partition-key operation, then this function is also called
3206 : : * separately for DELETE and INSERT to capture transition table rows.
3207 : : * In such case, either old tuple or new tuple can be NULL.
3208 : : */
3209 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
3210 : : ResultRelInfo *tupsrc;
3211 : :
3212 : : Assert((src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL) ||
3213 : : !is_crosspart_update);
3214 : :
3215 [ + + ]: 2444 : tupsrc = src_partinfo ? src_partinfo : relinfo;
3216 : 2444 : oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, tupsrc);
3217 : :
3218 [ + + + + ]: 2444 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL && ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid))
3219 : 2402 : GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
3220 : : NULL,
3221 : : tupsrc,
3222 : : tupleid,
3223 : : LockTupleExclusive,
3224 : : oldslot,
3225 : : false,
3226 : : NULL,
3227 : : NULL,
3228 : : NULL);
3229 [ + + ]: 42 : else if (fdw_trigtuple != NULL)
3230 : 10 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
3231 : : else
3232 : 32 : ExecClearTuple(oldslot);
3233 : :
3234 : 2444 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
3235 : : src_partinfo, dst_partinfo,
3236 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
3237 : : true,
3238 : : oldslot, newslot, recheckIndexes,
3239 : : ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
3240 : : transition_capture,
3241 : : is_crosspart_update);
3242 : : }
3243 : 2255677 : }
3244 : :
3245 : : bool
3246 : 135 : ExecIRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3247 : : HeapTuple trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
3248 : : {
3249 : 135 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3250 : 135 : TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
3251 : 135 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
3252 : : bool should_free;
3253 : 135 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
3254 : : int i;
3255 : :
3256 : 135 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
3257 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
3258 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
3259 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
3260 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3261 : :
3262 : 135 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, oldslot, false);
3263 : :
3264 [ + + ]: 502 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
3265 : : {
3266 : 387 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
3267 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
3268 : :
3269 [ + + ]: 387 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
3270 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
3271 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
3272 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
3273 : 252 : continue;
3274 [ - + ]: 135 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
3275 : : NULL, oldslot, newslot))
3276 : 0 : continue;
3277 : :
3278 [ + - ]: 135 : if (!newtuple)
3279 : 135 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free);
3280 : :
3281 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
3282 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
3283 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
3284 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
3285 : :
3286 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
3287 : 135 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
3288 : : i,
3289 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
3290 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
3291 [ + + ]: 135 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
3292 [ + + ]: 127 : if (newtuple == NULL)
3293 : : {
3294 : 12 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
3295 : : }
3296 [ + + ]: 115 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
3297 : : {
3298 : 92 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
3299 : :
3300 [ + - ]: 92 : if (should_free)
3301 : 92 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
3302 : :
3303 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
3304 : 92 : newtuple = NULL;
3305 : : }
3306 : : }
3307 : :
3308 : 115 : return true;
3309 : : }
3310 : :
3311 : : void
3312 : 2562 : ExecBSTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
3313 : : {
3314 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
3315 : : int i;
3316 : 2562 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
3317 : :
3318 : 2562 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3319 : :
3320 [ + + ]: 2562 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
3321 : 2554 : return;
3322 [ + + ]: 496 : if (!trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement)
3323 : 488 : return;
3324 : :
3325 : 8 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
3326 : 8 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE |
3327 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
3328 : 8 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3329 : :
3330 [ + + ]: 23 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
3331 : : {
3332 : 15 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
3333 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
3334 : :
3335 [ + + ]: 15 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
3336 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
3337 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
3338 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE))
3339 : 7 : continue;
3340 [ - + ]: 8 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
3341 : : NULL, NULL, NULL))
3342 : 0 : continue;
3343 : :
3344 : 8 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
3345 : 8 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
3346 : : i,
3347 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
3348 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
3349 [ - + ]: 8 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
3350 : :
3351 [ - + ]: 8 : if (newtuple)
3352 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3353 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
3354 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
3355 : : }
3356 : : }
3357 : :
3358 : : void
3359 : 2558 : ExecASTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
3360 : : {
3361 : 2558 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3362 : :
3363 [ + + + + ]: 2558 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement)
3364 : 6 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
3365 : : NULL, NULL,
3366 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE,
3367 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, NULL,
3368 : : false);
3369 : 2558 : }
3370 : :
3371 : :
3372 : : /*
3373 : : * Fetch tuple into "oldslot", dealing with locking and EPQ if necessary
3374 : : */
3375 : : static bool
3376 : 8319 : GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
3377 : : EPQState *epqstate,
3378 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3379 : : ItemPointer tid,
3380 : : LockTupleMode lockmode,
3381 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
3382 : : bool do_epq_recheck,
3383 : : TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
3384 : : TM_Result *tmresultp,
3385 : : TM_FailureData *tmfdp)
3386 : : {
3387 : 8319 : Relation relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3388 : :
3389 [ + + ]: 8319 : if (epqslot != NULL)
3390 : : {
3391 : : TM_Result test;
3392 : : TM_FailureData tmfd;
3393 : 1778 : int lockflags = 0;
3394 : :
3395 : 1778 : *epqslot = NULL;
3396 : :
3397 : : /* caller must pass an epqstate if EvalPlanQual is possible */
3398 : : Assert(epqstate != NULL);
3399 : :
3400 : : /*
3401 : : * lock tuple for update
3402 : : */
3403 [ + + ]: 1778 : if (!IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
3404 : 1345 : lockflags |= TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION;
3405 : 1778 : test = table_tuple_lock(relation, tid, estate->es_snapshot, oldslot,
3406 : : estate->es_output_cid,
3407 : : lockmode, LockWaitBlock,
3408 : : lockflags,
3409 : : &tmfd);
3410 : :
3411 : : /* Let the caller know about the status of this operation */
3412 [ + + ]: 1776 : if (tmresultp)
3413 : 150 : *tmresultp = test;
3414 [ + + ]: 1776 : if (tmfdp)
3415 : 1773 : *tmfdp = tmfd;
3416 : :
3417 [ + + + + : 1776 : switch (test)
- - ]
3418 : : {
3419 : 4 : case TM_SelfModified:
3420 : :
3421 : : /*
3422 : : * The target tuple was already updated or deleted by the
3423 : : * current command, or by a later command in the current
3424 : : * transaction. We ignore the tuple in the former case, and
3425 : : * throw error in the latter case, for the same reasons
3426 : : * enumerated in ExecUpdate and ExecDelete in
3427 : : * nodeModifyTable.c.
3428 : : */
3429 [ + - ]: 4 : if (tmfd.cmax != estate->es_output_cid)
3430 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
3431 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_DATA_CHANGE_VIOLATION),
3432 : : errmsg("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation triggered by the current command"),
3433 : : errhint("Consider using an AFTER trigger instead of a BEFORE trigger to propagate changes to other rows.")));
3434 : :
3435 : : /* treat it as deleted; do not process */
3436 : 18 : return false;
3437 : :
3438 : 1763 : case TM_Ok:
3439 [ + + ]: 1763 : if (tmfd.traversed)
3440 : : {
3441 : : /*
3442 : : * Recheck the tuple using EPQ, if requested. Otherwise,
3443 : : * just return that it was concurrently updated.
3444 : : */
3445 [ + + ]: 15 : if (do_epq_recheck)
3446 : : {
3447 : 6 : *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate,
3448 : : relation,
3449 : : relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
3450 : : oldslot);
3451 : :
3452 : : /*
3453 : : * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not
3454 : : * process this tuple!
3455 : : */
3456 [ + - + + ]: 6 : if (TupIsNull(*epqslot))
3457 : : {
3458 : 2 : *epqslot = NULL;
3459 : 2 : return false;
3460 : : }
3461 : : }
3462 : : else
3463 : : {
3464 [ + - ]: 9 : if (tmresultp)
3465 : 9 : *tmresultp = TM_Updated;
3466 : 9 : return false;
3467 : : }
3468 : : }
3469 : 1752 : break;
3470 : :
3471 : 1 : case TM_Updated:
3472 [ + - ]: 1 : if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
3473 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
3474 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
3475 : : errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent update")));
3476 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unexpected table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
3477 : : break;
3478 : :
3479 : 8 : case TM_Deleted:
3480 [ + + ]: 8 : if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
3481 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
3482 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
3483 : : errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent delete")));
3484 : : /* tuple was deleted */
3485 : 7 : return false;
3486 : :
3487 : 0 : case TM_Invisible:
3488 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "attempted to lock invisible tuple");
3489 : : break;
3490 : :
3491 : 0 : default:
3492 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unrecognized table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
3493 : : return false; /* keep compiler quiet */
3494 : : }
3495 : : }
3496 : : else
3497 : : {
3498 : : /*
3499 : : * We expect the tuple to be present, thus very simple error handling
3500 : : * suffices.
3501 : : */
3502 [ - + ]: 6541 : if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(relation, tid, SnapshotAny,
3503 : : oldslot))
3504 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for trigger");
3505 : : }
3506 : :
3507 : 8293 : return true;
3508 : : }
3509 : :
3510 : : /*
3511 : : * Is trigger enabled to fire?
3512 : : */
3513 : : static bool
3514 : 620057 : TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3515 : : Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
3516 : : Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
3517 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
3518 : : {
3519 : : /* Check replication-role-dependent enable state */
3520 [ + + ]: 620057 : if (SessionReplicationRole == SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA)
3521 : : {
3522 [ + + ]: 72 : if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN ||
3523 [ + + ]: 47 : trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
3524 : 49 : return false;
3525 : : }
3526 : : else /* ORIGIN or LOCAL role */
3527 : : {
3528 [ + + ]: 619985 : if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA ||
3529 [ + + ]: 619984 : trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
3530 : 105 : return false;
3531 : : }
3532 : :
3533 : : /*
3534 : : * Check for column-specific trigger (only possible for UPDATE, and in
3535 : : * fact we *must* ignore tgattr for other event types)
3536 : : */
3537 [ + + + + ]: 619903 : if (trigger->tgnattr > 0 && TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event))
3538 : : {
3539 : : int i;
3540 : : bool modified;
3541 : :
3542 : 302 : modified = false;
3543 [ + + ]: 390 : for (i = 0; i < trigger->tgnattr; i++)
3544 : : {
3545 [ + + ]: 334 : if (bms_is_member(trigger->tgattr[i] - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
3546 : : modifiedCols))
3547 : : {
3548 : 246 : modified = true;
3549 : 246 : break;
3550 : : }
3551 : : }
3552 [ + + ]: 302 : if (!modified)
3553 : 56 : return false;
3554 : : }
3555 : :
3556 : : /* Check for WHEN clause */
3557 [ + + ]: 619847 : if (trigger->tgqual)
3558 : : {
3559 : : ExprState **predicate;
3560 : : ExprContext *econtext;
3561 : : MemoryContext oldContext;
3562 : : int i;
3563 : :
3564 : : Assert(estate != NULL);
3565 : :
3566 : : /*
3567 : : * trigger is an element of relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers[]; find the
3568 : : * matching element of relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[]
3569 : : */
3570 : 376 : i = trigger - relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers;
3571 : 376 : predicate = &relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[i];
3572 : :
3573 : : /*
3574 : : * If first time through for this WHEN expression, build expression
3575 : : * nodetrees for it. Keep them in the per-query memory context so
3576 : : * they'll survive throughout the query.
3577 : : */
3578 [ + + ]: 376 : if (*predicate == NULL)
3579 : : {
3580 : : Node *tgqual;
3581 : :
3582 : 198 : oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
3583 : 198 : tgqual = stringToNode(trigger->tgqual);
3584 : 198 : tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_OLD_VARNO);
3585 : 198 : tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_NEW_VARNO);
3586 : : /* Change references to OLD and NEW to INNER_VAR and OUTER_VAR */
3587 : 198 : ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, INNER_VAR, 0);
3588 : 198 : ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, OUTER_VAR, 0);
3589 : : /* ExecPrepareQual wants implicit-AND form */
3590 : 198 : tgqual = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) tgqual);
3591 : 198 : *predicate = ExecPrepareQual((List *) tgqual, estate);
3592 : 198 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
3593 : : }
3594 : :
3595 : : /*
3596 : : * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating WHEN
3597 : : * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
3598 : : */
3599 [ + + ]: 376 : econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
3600 : :
3601 : : /*
3602 : : * Finally evaluate the expression, making the old and/or new tuples
3603 : : * available as INNER_VAR/OUTER_VAR respectively.
3604 : : */
3605 : 376 : econtext->ecxt_innertuple = oldslot;
3606 : 376 : econtext->ecxt_outertuple = newslot;
3607 [ + + ]: 376 : if (!ExecQual(*predicate, econtext))
3608 : 210 : return false;
3609 : : }
3610 : :
3611 : 619637 : return true;
3612 : : }
3613 : :
3614 : :
3615 : : /* ----------
3616 : : * After-trigger stuff
3617 : : *
3618 : : * The AfterTriggersData struct holds data about pending AFTER trigger events
3619 : : * during the current transaction tree. (BEFORE triggers are fired
3620 : : * immediately so we don't need any persistent state about them.) The struct
3621 : : * and most of its subsidiary data are kept in TopTransactionContext; however
3622 : : * some data that can be discarded sooner appears in the CurTransactionContext
3623 : : * of the relevant subtransaction. Also, the individual event records are
3624 : : * kept in a separate sub-context of TopTransactionContext. This is done
3625 : : * mainly so that it's easy to tell from a memory context dump how much space
3626 : : * is being eaten by trigger events.
3627 : : *
3628 : : * Because the list of pending events can grow large, we go to some
3629 : : * considerable effort to minimize per-event memory consumption. The event
3630 : : * records are grouped into chunks and common data for similar events in the
3631 : : * same chunk is only stored once.
3632 : : *
3633 : : * XXX We need to be able to save the per-event data in a file if it grows too
3634 : : * large.
3635 : : * ----------
3636 : : */
3637 : :
3638 : : /* Per-trigger SET CONSTRAINT status */
3639 : : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData
3640 : : {
3641 : : Oid sct_tgoid;
3642 : : bool sct_tgisdeferred;
3643 : : } SetConstraintTriggerData;
3644 : :
3645 : : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData *SetConstraintTrigger;
3646 : :
3647 : : /*
3648 : : * SET CONSTRAINT intra-transaction status.
3649 : : *
3650 : : * We make this a single palloc'd object so it can be copied and freed easily.
3651 : : *
3652 : : * all_isset and all_isdeferred are used to keep track
3653 : : * of SET CONSTRAINTS ALL {DEFERRED, IMMEDIATE}.
3654 : : *
3655 : : * trigstates[] stores per-trigger tgisdeferred settings.
3656 : : */
3657 : : typedef struct SetConstraintStateData
3658 : : {
3659 : : bool all_isset;
3660 : : bool all_isdeferred;
3661 : : int numstates; /* number of trigstates[] entries in use */
3662 : : int numalloc; /* allocated size of trigstates[] */
3663 : : SetConstraintTriggerData trigstates[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
3664 : : } SetConstraintStateData;
3665 : :
3666 : : typedef SetConstraintStateData *SetConstraintState;
3667 : :
3668 : :
3669 : : /*
3670 : : * Per-trigger-event data
3671 : : *
3672 : : * The actual per-event data, AfterTriggerEventData, includes DONE/IN_PROGRESS
3673 : : * status bits, up to two tuple CTIDs, and optionally two OIDs of partitions.
3674 : : * Each event record also has an associated AfterTriggerSharedData that is
3675 : : * shared across all instances of similar events within a "chunk".
3676 : : *
3677 : : * For row-level triggers, we arrange not to waste storage on unneeded ctid
3678 : : * fields. Updates of regular tables use two; inserts and deletes of regular
3679 : : * tables use one; foreign tables always use zero and save the tuple(s) to a
3680 : : * tuplestore. AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH directs AfterTriggerExecute() to
3681 : : * retrieve a fresh tuple or pair of tuples from that tuplestore, while
3682 : : * AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE directs it to use the most-recently-retrieved
3683 : : * tuple(s). This permits storing tuples once regardless of the number of
3684 : : * row-level triggers on a foreign table.
3685 : : *
3686 : : * When updates on partitioned tables cause rows to move between partitions,
3687 : : * the OIDs of both partitions are stored too, so that the tuples can be
3688 : : * fetched; such entries are marked AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE (for "cross-
3689 : : * partition update").
3690 : : *
3691 : : * Note that we need triggers on foreign tables to be fired in exactly the
3692 : : * order they were queued, so that the tuples come out of the tuplestore in
3693 : : * the right order. To ensure that, we forbid deferrable (constraint)
3694 : : * triggers on foreign tables. This also ensures that such triggers do not
3695 : : * get deferred into outer trigger query levels, meaning that it's okay to
3696 : : * destroy the tuplestore at the end of the query level.
3697 : : *
3698 : : * Statement-level triggers always bear AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID, though they
3699 : : * require no ctid field. We lack the flag bit space to neatly represent that
3700 : : * distinct case, and it seems unlikely to be worth much trouble.
3701 : : *
3702 : : * Note: ats_firing_id is initially zero and is set to something else when
3703 : : * AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS is set. It indicates which trigger firing
3704 : : * cycle the trigger will be fired in (or was fired in, if DONE is set).
3705 : : * Although this is mutable state, we can keep it in AfterTriggerSharedData
3706 : : * because all instances of the same type of event in a given event list will
3707 : : * be fired at the same time, if they were queued between the same firing
3708 : : * cycles. So we need only ensure that ats_firing_id is zero when attaching
3709 : : * a new event to an existing AfterTriggerSharedData record.
3710 : : */
3711 : : typedef uint32 TriggerFlags;
3712 : :
3713 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET 0x07FFFFFF /* must be low-order bits */
3714 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE 0x80000000
3715 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS 0x40000000
3716 : : /* bits describing the size and tuple sources of this event */
3717 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE 0x00000000
3718 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH 0x20000000
3719 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID 0x10000000
3720 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID 0x30000000
3721 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE 0x08000000
3722 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS 0x38000000
3723 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData *AfterTriggerShared;
3724 : :
3725 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData
3726 : : {
3727 : : TriggerEvent ats_event; /* event type indicator, see trigger.h */
3728 : : Oid ats_tgoid; /* the trigger's ID */
3729 : : Oid ats_relid; /* the relation it's on */
3730 : : Oid ats_rolid; /* role to execute the trigger */
3731 : : CommandId ats_firing_id; /* ID for firing cycle */
3732 : : struct AfterTriggersTableData *ats_table; /* transition table access */
3733 : : Bitmapset *ats_modifiedcols; /* modified columns */
3734 : : } AfterTriggerSharedData;
3735 : :
3736 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData *AfterTriggerEvent;
3737 : :
3738 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData
3739 : : {
3740 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags; /* status bits and offset to shared data */
3741 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid1; /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
3742 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid2; /* new updated tuple */
3743 : :
3744 : : /*
3745 : : * During a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, we also store
3746 : : * the OIDs of source and destination partitions that are needed to fetch
3747 : : * the old (ctid1) and the new tuple (ctid2) from, respectively.
3748 : : */
3749 : : Oid ate_src_part;
3750 : : Oid ate_dst_part;
3751 : : } AfterTriggerEventData;
3752 : :
3753 : : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_src_part, ate_dst_part */
3754 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids
3755 : : {
3756 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags;
3757 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;
3758 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid2;
3759 : : } AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids;
3760 : :
3761 : : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part and ate_ctid2 */
3762 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid
3763 : : {
3764 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags; /* status bits and offset to shared data */
3765 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid1; /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
3766 : : } AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid;
3767 : :
3768 : : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part, ate_ctid1 and ate_ctid2 */
3769 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids
3770 : : {
3771 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags; /* status bits and offset to shared data */
3772 : : } AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids;
3773 : :
3774 : : #define SizeofTriggerEvent(evt) \
3775 : : (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE ? \
3776 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventData) : \
3777 : : (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ? \
3778 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids) : \
3779 : : (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID ? \
3780 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid) : \
3781 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids))))
3782 : :
3783 : : #define GetTriggerSharedData(evt) \
3784 : : ((AfterTriggerShared) ((char *) (evt) + ((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET)))
3785 : :
3786 : : /*
3787 : : * To avoid palloc overhead, we keep trigger events in arrays in successively-
3788 : : * larger chunks (a slightly more sophisticated version of an expansible
3789 : : * array). The space between CHUNK_DATA_START and freeptr is occupied by
3790 : : * AfterTriggerEventData records; the space between endfree and endptr is
3791 : : * occupied by AfterTriggerSharedData records.
3792 : : */
3793 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventChunk
3794 : : {
3795 : : struct AfterTriggerEventChunk *next; /* list link */
3796 : : char *freeptr; /* start of free space in chunk */
3797 : : char *endfree; /* end of free space in chunk */
3798 : : char *endptr; /* end of chunk */
3799 : : /* event data follows here */
3800 : : } AfterTriggerEventChunk;
3801 : :
3802 : : #define CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr) ((char *) (cptr) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(AfterTriggerEventChunk)))
3803 : :
3804 : : /* A list of events */
3805 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventList
3806 : : {
3807 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *head;
3808 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *tail;
3809 : : char *tailfree; /* freeptr of tail chunk */
3810 : : } AfterTriggerEventList;
3811 : :
3812 : : /* Macros to help in iterating over a list of events */
3813 : : #define for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) \
3814 : : for (cptr = (evtlist).head; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
3815 : : #define for_each_event(eptr, cptr) \
3816 : : for (eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr); \
3817 : : (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
3818 : : eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
3819 : : /* Use this if no special per-chunk processing is needed */
3820 : : #define for_each_event_chunk(eptr, cptr, evtlist) \
3821 : : for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for_each_event(eptr, cptr)
3822 : :
3823 : : /* Macros for iterating from a start point that might not be list start */
3824 : : #define for_each_chunk_from(cptr) \
3825 : : for (; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
3826 : : #define for_each_event_from(eptr, cptr) \
3827 : : for (; \
3828 : : (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
3829 : : eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
3830 : :
3831 : :
3832 : : /*
3833 : : * All per-transaction data for the AFTER TRIGGERS module.
3834 : : *
3835 : : * AfterTriggersData has the following fields:
3836 : : *
3837 : : * firing_counter is incremented for each call of afterTriggerInvokeEvents.
3838 : : * We mark firable events with the current firing cycle's ID so that we can
3839 : : * tell which ones to work on. This ensures sane behavior if a trigger
3840 : : * function chooses to do SET CONSTRAINTS: the inner SET CONSTRAINTS will
3841 : : * only fire those events that weren't already scheduled for firing.
3842 : : *
3843 : : * state keeps track of the transaction-local effects of SET CONSTRAINTS.
3844 : : * This is saved and restored across failed subtransactions.
3845 : : *
3846 : : * events is the current list of deferred events. This is global across
3847 : : * all subtransactions of the current transaction. In a subtransaction
3848 : : * abort, we know that the events added by the subtransaction are at the
3849 : : * end of the list, so it is relatively easy to discard them. The event
3850 : : * list chunks themselves are stored in event_cxt.
3851 : : *
3852 : : * query_depth is the current depth of nested AfterTriggerBeginQuery calls
3853 : : * (-1 when the stack is empty).
3854 : : *
3855 : : * query_stack[query_depth] is the per-query-level data, including these fields:
3856 : : *
3857 : : * events is a list of AFTER trigger events queued by the current query.
3858 : : * None of these are valid until the matching AfterTriggerEndQuery call
3859 : : * occurs. At that point we fire immediate-mode triggers, and append any
3860 : : * deferred events to the main events list.
3861 : : *
3862 : : * fdw_tuplestore is a tuplestore containing the foreign-table tuples
3863 : : * needed by events queued by the current query. (Note: we use just one
3864 : : * tuplestore even though more than one foreign table might be involved.
3865 : : * This is okay because tuplestores don't really care what's in the tuples
3866 : : * they store; but it's possible that someday it'd break.)
3867 : : *
3868 : : * tables is a List of AfterTriggersTableData structs for target tables
3869 : : * of the current query (see below).
3870 : : *
3871 : : * maxquerydepth is just the allocated length of query_stack.
3872 : : *
3873 : : * trans_stack holds per-subtransaction data, including these fields:
3874 : : *
3875 : : * state is NULL or a pointer to a saved copy of the SET CONSTRAINTS
3876 : : * state data. Each subtransaction level that modifies that state first
3877 : : * saves a copy, which we use to restore the state if we abort.
3878 : : *
3879 : : * events is a copy of the events head/tail pointers,
3880 : : * which we use to restore those values during subtransaction abort.
3881 : : *
3882 : : * query_depth is the subtransaction-start-time value of query_depth,
3883 : : * which we similarly use to clean up at subtransaction abort.
3884 : : *
3885 : : * firing_counter is the subtransaction-start-time value of firing_counter.
3886 : : * We use this to recognize which deferred triggers were fired (or marked
3887 : : * for firing) within an aborted subtransaction.
3888 : : *
3889 : : * We use GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel() to determine the correct array
3890 : : * index in trans_stack. maxtransdepth is the number of allocated entries in
3891 : : * trans_stack. (By not keeping our own stack pointer, we can avoid trouble
3892 : : * in cases where errors during subxact abort cause multiple invocations
3893 : : * of AfterTriggerEndSubXact() at the same nesting depth.)
3894 : : *
3895 : : * We create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for each target table of the
3896 : : * current query, and each operation mode (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE), that has
3897 : : * either transition tables or statement-level triggers. This is used to
3898 : : * hold the relevant transition tables, as well as info tracking whether
3899 : : * we already queued the statement triggers. (We use that info to prevent
3900 : : * firing the same statement triggers more than once per statement, or really
3901 : : * once per transition table set.) These structs, along with the transition
3902 : : * table tuplestores, live in the (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.
3903 : : * That's sufficient lifespan because we don't allow transition tables to be
3904 : : * used by deferrable triggers, so they only need to survive until
3905 : : * AfterTriggerEndQuery.
3906 : : */
3907 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersQueryData AfterTriggersQueryData;
3908 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersTransData AfterTriggersTransData;
3909 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersTableData AfterTriggersTableData;
3910 : :
3911 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersData
3912 : : {
3913 : : CommandId firing_counter; /* next firing ID to assign */
3914 : : SetConstraintState state; /* the active S C state */
3915 : : AfterTriggerEventList events; /* deferred-event list */
3916 : : MemoryContext event_cxt; /* memory context for events, if any */
3917 : :
3918 : : /* per-query-level data: */
3919 : : AfterTriggersQueryData *query_stack; /* array of structs shown below */
3920 : : int query_depth; /* current index in above array */
3921 : : int maxquerydepth; /* allocated len of above array */
3922 : :
3923 : : /* per-subtransaction-level data: */
3924 : : AfterTriggersTransData *trans_stack; /* array of structs shown below */
3925 : : int maxtransdepth; /* allocated len of above array */
3926 : :
3927 : : List *batch_callbacks; /* List of AfterTriggerCallbackItem; for
3928 : : * deferred constraints */
3929 : : bool firing_batch_callbacks; /* true when in
3930 : : * FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks() */
3931 : :
3932 : : /*
3933 : : * Incremented around the trigger-firing loops in AfterTriggerEndQuery,
3934 : : * AfterTriggerFireDeferred, and AfterTriggerSetState. Used by
3935 : : * AfterTriggerIsActive() to signal that after-trigger firing is active.
3936 : : */
3937 : : int firing_depth;
3938 : : } AfterTriggersData;
3939 : :
3940 : : struct AfterTriggersQueryData
3941 : : {
3942 : : AfterTriggerEventList events; /* events pending from this query */
3943 : : Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore; /* foreign tuples for said events */
3944 : : List *tables; /* list of AfterTriggersTableData, see below */
3945 : : List *batch_callbacks; /* List of AfterTriggerCallbackItem */
3946 : : };
3947 : :
3948 : : struct AfterTriggersTransData
3949 : : {
3950 : : /* these fields are just for resetting at subtrans abort: */
3951 : : SetConstraintState state; /* saved S C state, or NULL if not yet saved */
3952 : : AfterTriggerEventList events; /* saved list pointer */
3953 : : int query_depth; /* saved query_depth */
3954 : : CommandId firing_counter; /* saved firing_counter */
3955 : : };
3956 : :
3957 : : struct AfterTriggersTableData
3958 : : {
3959 : : /* relid + cmdType form the lookup key for these structs: */
3960 : : Oid relid; /* target table's OID */
3961 : : CmdType cmdType; /* event type, CMD_INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE */
3962 : : bool closed; /* true when no longer OK to add tuples */
3963 : : bool before_trig_done; /* did we already queue BS triggers? */
3964 : : bool after_trig_done; /* did we already queue AS triggers? */
3965 : : AfterTriggerEventList after_trig_events; /* if so, saved list pointer */
3966 : :
3967 : : /* "old" transition table for UPDATE/DELETE, if any */
3968 : : Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
3969 : : /* "new" transition table for INSERT/UPDATE, if any */
3970 : : Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
3971 : :
3972 : : TupleTableSlot *storeslot; /* for converting to tuplestore's format */
3973 : : };
3974 : :
3975 : : /* Entry in afterTriggers.batch_callbacks */
3976 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerCallbackItem
3977 : : {
3978 : : AfterTriggerBatchCallback callback;
3979 : : void *arg;
3980 : : } AfterTriggerCallbackItem;
3981 : :
3982 : : static AfterTriggersData afterTriggers;
3983 : :
3984 : : static void AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
3985 : : AfterTriggerEvent event,
3986 : : ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
3987 : : ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
3988 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
3989 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
3990 : : FmgrInfo *finfo,
3991 : : TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
3992 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
3993 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
3994 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2);
3995 : : static AfterTriggersTableData *GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid,
3996 : : CmdType cmdType);
3997 : : static TupleTableSlot *GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
3998 : : TupleDesc tupdesc);
3999 : : static Tuplestorestate *GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
4000 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
4001 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
4002 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture);
4003 : : static void TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
4004 : : int event,
4005 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
4006 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
4007 : : TupleTableSlot *slot,
4008 : : TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
4009 : : Tuplestorestate *tuplestore);
4010 : : static void AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs);
4011 : : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc);
4012 : : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate);
4013 : : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
4014 : : Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred);
4015 : : static void cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent);
4016 : :
4017 : : static void FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(List *callbacks);
4018 : :
4019 : : /*
4020 : : * Get the FDW tuplestore for the current trigger query level, creating it
4021 : : * if necessary.
4022 : : */
4023 : : static Tuplestorestate *
4024 : 50 : GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(void)
4025 : : {
4026 : : Tuplestorestate *ret;
4027 : :
4028 : 50 : ret = afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore;
4029 [ + + ]: 50 : if (ret == NULL)
4030 : : {
4031 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4032 : : ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
4033 : :
4034 : : /*
4035 : : * Make the tuplestore valid until end of subtransaction. We really
4036 : : * only need it until AfterTriggerEndQuery().
4037 : : */
4038 : 18 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
4039 : 18 : saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
4040 : 18 : CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
4041 : :
4042 : 18 : ret = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
4043 : :
4044 : 18 : CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
4045 : 18 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4046 : :
4047 : 18 : afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore = ret;
4048 : : }
4049 : :
4050 : 50 : return ret;
4051 : : }
4052 : :
4053 : : /* ----------
4054 : : * afterTriggerCheckState()
4055 : : *
4056 : : * Returns true if the trigger event is actually in state DEFERRED.
4057 : : * ----------
4058 : : */
4059 : : static bool
4060 : 611758 : afterTriggerCheckState(AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
4061 : : {
4062 : 611758 : Oid tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
4063 : 611758 : SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
4064 : : int i;
4065 : :
4066 : : /*
4067 : : * For not-deferrable triggers (i.e. normal AFTER ROW triggers and
4068 : : * constraints declared NOT DEFERRABLE), the state is always false.
4069 : : */
4070 [ + + ]: 611758 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) == 0)
4071 : 611144 : return false;
4072 : :
4073 : : /*
4074 : : * If constraint state exists, SET CONSTRAINTS might have been executed
4075 : : * either for this trigger or for all triggers.
4076 : : */
4077 [ + + ]: 614 : if (state != NULL)
4078 : : {
4079 : : /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS for this specific trigger. */
4080 [ + + ]: 224 : for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
4081 : : {
4082 [ + + ]: 169 : if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
4083 : 40 : return state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred;
4084 : : }
4085 : :
4086 : : /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS ALL. */
4087 [ + + ]: 55 : if (state->all_isset)
4088 : 47 : return state->all_isdeferred;
4089 : : }
4090 : :
4091 : : /*
4092 : : * Otherwise return the default state for the trigger.
4093 : : */
4094 : 527 : return ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED) != 0);
4095 : : }
4096 : :
4097 : : /* ----------
4098 : : * afterTriggerCopyBitmap()
4099 : : *
4100 : : * Copy bitmap into AfterTriggerEvents memory context, which is where the after
4101 : : * trigger events are kept.
4102 : : * ----------
4103 : : */
4104 : : static Bitmapset *
4105 : 8045 : afterTriggerCopyBitmap(Bitmapset *src)
4106 : : {
4107 : : Bitmapset *dst;
4108 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4109 : :
4110 [ + + ]: 8045 : if (src == NULL)
4111 : 5825 : return NULL;
4112 : :
4113 : 2220 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
4114 : :
4115 : 2220 : dst = bms_copy(src);
4116 : :
4117 : 2220 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4118 : :
4119 : 2220 : return dst;
4120 : : }
4121 : :
4122 : : /* ----------
4123 : : * afterTriggerAddEvent()
4124 : : *
4125 : : * Add a new trigger event to the specified queue.
4126 : : * The passed-in event data is copied.
4127 : : * ----------
4128 : : */
4129 : : static void
4130 : 612316 : afterTriggerAddEvent(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4131 : : AfterTriggerEvent event, AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
4132 : : {
4133 [ + + + + : 612316 : Size eventsize = SizeofTriggerEvent(event);
+ + ]
4134 : 612316 : Size needed = eventsize + sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData);
4135 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4136 : : AfterTriggerShared newshared;
4137 : : AfterTriggerEvent newevent;
4138 : :
4139 : : /*
4140 : : * If empty list or not enough room in the tail chunk, make a new chunk.
4141 : : * We assume here that a new shared record will always be needed.
4142 : : */
4143 : 612316 : chunk = events->tail;
4144 [ + + ]: 612316 : if (chunk == NULL ||
4145 [ + + ]: 606525 : chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr < needed)
4146 : : {
4147 : : Size chunksize;
4148 : :
4149 : : /* Create event context if we didn't already */
4150 [ + + ]: 5849 : if (afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL)
4151 : 4536 : afterTriggers.event_cxt =
4152 : 4536 : AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
4153 : : "AfterTriggerEvents",
4154 : : ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
4155 : :
4156 : : /*
4157 : : * Chunk size starts at 1KB and is allowed to increase up to 1MB.
4158 : : * These numbers are fairly arbitrary, though there is a hard limit at
4159 : : * AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET; else we couldn't link event records to their
4160 : : * shared records using the available space in ate_flags. Another
4161 : : * constraint is that if the chunk size gets too huge, the search loop
4162 : : * below would get slow given a (not too common) usage pattern with
4163 : : * many distinct event types in a chunk. Therefore, we double the
4164 : : * preceding chunk size only if there weren't too many shared records
4165 : : * in the preceding chunk; otherwise we halve it. This gives us some
4166 : : * ability to adapt to the actual usage pattern of the current query
4167 : : * while still having large chunk sizes in typical usage. All chunk
4168 : : * sizes used should be MAXALIGN multiples, to ensure that the shared
4169 : : * records will be aligned safely.
4170 : : */
4171 : : #define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
4172 : : #define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)
4173 : :
4174 : : #if MAX_CHUNK_SIZE > (AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET+1)
4175 : : #error MAX_CHUNK_SIZE must not exceed AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET
4176 : : #endif
4177 : :
4178 [ + + ]: 5849 : if (chunk == NULL)
4179 : 5791 : chunksize = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
4180 : : else
4181 : : {
4182 : : /* preceding chunk size... */
4183 : 58 : chunksize = chunk->endptr - (char *) chunk;
4184 : : /* check number of shared records in preceding chunk */
4185 [ + - ]: 58 : if ((chunk->endptr - chunk->endfree) <=
4186 : : (100 * sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData)))
4187 : 58 : chunksize *= 2; /* okay, double it */
4188 : : else
4189 : 0 : chunksize /= 2; /* too many shared records */
4190 : 58 : chunksize = Min(chunksize, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE);
4191 : : }
4192 : 5849 : chunk = MemoryContextAlloc(afterTriggers.event_cxt, chunksize);
4193 : 5849 : chunk->next = NULL;
4194 : 5849 : chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
4195 : 5849 : chunk->endptr = chunk->endfree = (char *) chunk + chunksize;
4196 : : Assert(chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr >= needed);
4197 : :
4198 [ + + ]: 5849 : if (events->tail == NULL)
4199 : : {
4200 : : Assert(events->head == NULL);
4201 : 5791 : events->head = chunk;
4202 : : }
4203 : : else
4204 : 58 : events->tail->next = chunk;
4205 : 5849 : events->tail = chunk;
4206 : : /* events->tailfree is now out of sync, but we'll fix it below */
4207 : : }
4208 : :
4209 : : /*
4210 : : * Try to locate a matching shared-data record already in the chunk. If
4211 : : * none, make a new one. The search begins with the most recently added
4212 : : * record, since newer ones are most likely to match.
4213 : : */
4214 : 612316 : for (newshared = (AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree;
4215 [ + + ]: 815887 : (char *) newshared < chunk->endptr;
4216 : 203571 : newshared++)
4217 : : {
4218 : : /* compare fields roughly by probability of them being different */
4219 [ + + ]: 807842 : if (newshared->ats_tgoid == evtshared->ats_tgoid &&
4220 [ + + ]: 604416 : newshared->ats_event == evtshared->ats_event &&
4221 [ + + ]: 604412 : newshared->ats_firing_id == 0 &&
4222 [ + - ]: 604296 : newshared->ats_table == evtshared->ats_table &&
4223 [ + - ]: 604296 : newshared->ats_relid == evtshared->ats_relid &&
4224 [ + + + + ]: 1208588 : newshared->ats_rolid == evtshared->ats_rolid &&
4225 : 604292 : bms_equal(newshared->ats_modifiedcols,
4226 : 604292 : evtshared->ats_modifiedcols))
4227 : 604271 : break;
4228 : : }
4229 [ + + ]: 612316 : if ((char *) newshared >= chunk->endptr)
4230 : : {
4231 : 8045 : newshared = ((AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree) - 1;
4232 : 8045 : *newshared = *evtshared;
4233 : : /* now we must make a suitably-long-lived copy of the bitmap */
4234 : 8045 : newshared->ats_modifiedcols = afterTriggerCopyBitmap(evtshared->ats_modifiedcols);
4235 : 8045 : newshared->ats_firing_id = 0; /* just to be sure */
4236 : 8045 : chunk->endfree = (char *) newshared;
4237 : : }
4238 : :
4239 : : /* Insert the data */
4240 : 612316 : newevent = (AfterTriggerEvent) chunk->freeptr;
4241 : 612316 : memcpy(newevent, event, eventsize);
4242 : : /* ... and link the new event to its shared record */
4243 : 612316 : newevent->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET;
4244 : 612316 : newevent->ate_flags |= (char *) newshared - (char *) newevent;
4245 : :
4246 : 612316 : chunk->freeptr += eventsize;
4247 : 612316 : events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
4248 : 612316 : }
4249 : :
4250 : : /* ----------
4251 : : * afterTriggerFreeEventList()
4252 : : *
4253 : : * Free all the event storage in the given list.
4254 : : * ----------
4255 : : */
4256 : : static void
4257 : 11012 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events)
4258 : : {
4259 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4260 : :
4261 [ + + ]: 15733 : while ((chunk = events->head) != NULL)
4262 : : {
4263 : 4721 : events->head = chunk->next;
4264 : 4721 : pfree(chunk);
4265 : : }
4266 : 11012 : events->tail = NULL;
4267 : 11012 : events->tailfree = NULL;
4268 : 11012 : }
4269 : :
4270 : : /* ----------
4271 : : * afterTriggerRestoreEventList()
4272 : : *
4273 : : * Restore an event list to its prior length, removing all the events
4274 : : * added since it had the value old_events.
4275 : : * ----------
4276 : : */
4277 : : static void
4278 : 5438 : afterTriggerRestoreEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4279 : : const AfterTriggerEventList *old_events)
4280 : : {
4281 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4282 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *next_chunk;
4283 : :
4284 [ + + ]: 5438 : if (old_events->tail == NULL)
4285 : : {
4286 : : /* restoring to a completely empty state, so free everything */
4287 : 5424 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(events);
4288 : : }
4289 : : else
4290 : : {
4291 : 14 : *events = *old_events;
4292 : : /* free any chunks after the last one we want to keep */
4293 [ - + ]: 14 : for (chunk = events->tail->next; chunk != NULL; chunk = next_chunk)
4294 : : {
4295 : 0 : next_chunk = chunk->next;
4296 : 0 : pfree(chunk);
4297 : : }
4298 : : /* and clean up the tail chunk to be the right length */
4299 : 14 : events->tail->next = NULL;
4300 : 14 : events->tail->freeptr = events->tailfree;
4301 : :
4302 : : /*
4303 : : * We don't make any effort to remove now-unused shared data records.
4304 : : * They might still be useful, anyway.
4305 : : */
4306 : : }
4307 : 5438 : }
4308 : :
4309 : : /* ----------
4310 : : * afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()
4311 : : *
4312 : : * Remove the first chunk of events from the query level's event list.
4313 : : * Keep any event list pointers elsewhere in the query level's data
4314 : : * structures in sync.
4315 : : * ----------
4316 : : */
4317 : : static void
4318 : 0 : afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
4319 : : {
4320 : 0 : AfterTriggerEventChunk *target = qs->events.head;
4321 : : ListCell *lc;
4322 : :
4323 : : Assert(target && target->next);
4324 : :
4325 : : /*
4326 : : * First, update any pointers in the per-table data, so that they won't be
4327 : : * dangling. Resetting obsoleted pointers to NULL will make
4328 : : * cancel_prior_stmt_triggers start from the list head, which is fine.
4329 : : */
4330 [ # # # # : 0 : foreach(lc, qs->tables)
# # ]
4331 : : {
4332 : 0 : AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
4333 : :
4334 [ # # ]: 0 : if (table->after_trig_done &&
4335 [ # # ]: 0 : table->after_trig_events.tail == target)
4336 : : {
4337 : 0 : table->after_trig_events.head = NULL;
4338 : 0 : table->after_trig_events.tail = NULL;
4339 : 0 : table->after_trig_events.tailfree = NULL;
4340 : : }
4341 : : }
4342 : :
4343 : : /* Now we can flush the head chunk */
4344 : 0 : qs->events.head = target->next;
4345 : 0 : pfree(target);
4346 : 0 : }
4347 : :
4348 : :
4349 : : /* ----------
4350 : : * AfterTriggerExecute()
4351 : : *
4352 : : * Fetch the required tuples back from the heap and fire one
4353 : : * single trigger function.
4354 : : *
4355 : : * Frequently, this will be fired many times in a row for triggers of
4356 : : * a single relation. Therefore, we cache the open relation and provide
4357 : : * fmgr lookup cache space at the caller level. (For triggers fired at
4358 : : * the end of a query, we can even piggyback on the executor's state.)
4359 : : *
4360 : : * When fired for a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, the old
4361 : : * tuple is fetched using 'src_relInfo' (the source leaf partition) and
4362 : : * the new tuple using 'dst_relInfo' (the destination leaf partition), though
4363 : : * both are converted into the root partitioned table's format before passing
4364 : : * to the trigger function.
4365 : : *
4366 : : * event: event currently being fired.
4367 : : * relInfo: result relation for event.
4368 : : * src_relInfo: source partition of a cross-partition update
4369 : : * dst_relInfo: its destination partition
4370 : : * trigdesc: working copy of rel's trigger info.
4371 : : * finfo: array of fmgr lookup cache entries (one per trigger in trigdesc).
4372 : : * instr: array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation nodes (one per trigger),
4373 : : * or NULL if no instrumentation is wanted.
4374 : : * per_tuple_context: memory context to call trigger function in.
4375 : : * trig_tuple_slot1: scratch slot for tg_trigtuple (foreign tables only)
4376 : : * trig_tuple_slot2: scratch slot for tg_newtuple (foreign tables only)
4377 : : * ----------
4378 : : */
4379 : : static void
4380 : 611425 : AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
4381 : : AfterTriggerEvent event,
4382 : : ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
4383 : : ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
4384 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
4385 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
4386 : : FmgrInfo *finfo, TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
4387 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
4388 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
4389 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2)
4390 : : {
4391 : 611425 : Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4392 : 611425 : Relation src_rel = src_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4393 : 611425 : Relation dst_rel = dst_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4394 : 611425 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
4395 : 611425 : Oid tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
4396 : 611425 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
4397 : : Oid save_rolid;
4398 : : int save_sec_context;
4399 : : HeapTuple rettuple;
4400 : : int tgindx;
4401 : 611425 : bool should_free_trig = false;
4402 : 611425 : bool should_free_new = false;
4403 : :
4404 : : /*
4405 : : * Locate trigger in trigdesc. It might not be present, and in fact the
4406 : : * trigdesc could be NULL, if the trigger was dropped since the event was
4407 : : * queued. In that case, silently do nothing.
4408 : : */
4409 [ + + ]: 611425 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
4410 : 4 : return;
4411 [ + - ]: 1021275 : for (tgindx = 0; tgindx < trigdesc->numtriggers; tgindx++)
4412 : : {
4413 [ + + ]: 1021275 : if (trigdesc->triggers[tgindx].tgoid == tgoid)
4414 : : {
4415 : 611421 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = &(trigdesc->triggers[tgindx]);
4416 : 611421 : break;
4417 : : }
4418 : : }
4419 [ - + ]: 611421 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger == NULL)
4420 : 0 : return;
4421 : :
4422 : : /*
4423 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger. We want
4424 : : * to include time spent re-fetching tuples in the trigger cost.
4425 : : */
4426 [ - + ]: 611421 : if (instr)
4427 : 0 : InstrStartTrigger(instr + tgindx);
4428 : :
4429 : : /*
4430 : : * Fetch the required tuple(s).
4431 : : */
4432 [ + + + ]: 611421 : switch (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS)
4433 : : {
4434 : 25 : case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH:
4435 : : {
4436 : 25 : Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
4437 : :
4438 [ - + ]: 25 : if (!tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
4439 : : trig_tuple_slot1))
4440 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
4441 : :
4442 [ + + ]: 25 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
4443 : 9 : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE &&
4444 [ - + ]: 9 : !tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
4445 : : trig_tuple_slot2))
4446 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
4447 : : }
4448 : : pg_fallthrough;
4449 : : case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE:
4450 : :
4451 : : /*
4452 : : * Store tuple in the slot so that tg_trigtuple does not reference
4453 : : * tuplestore memory. (It is formally possible for the trigger
4454 : : * function to queue trigger events that add to the same
4455 : : * tuplestore, which can push other tuples out of memory.) The
4456 : : * distinction is academic, because we start with a minimal tuple
4457 : : * that is stored as a heap tuple, constructed in different memory
4458 : : * context, in the slot anyway.
4459 : : */
4460 : 29 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = trig_tuple_slot1;
4461 : 29 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
4462 : 29 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot1, true, &should_free_trig);
4463 : :
4464 [ + + ]: 29 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
4465 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
4466 : : {
4467 : 11 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = trig_tuple_slot2;
4468 : 11 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
4469 : 11 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot2, true, &should_free_new);
4470 : : }
4471 : : else
4472 : : {
4473 : 18 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
4474 : : }
4475 : 29 : break;
4476 : :
4477 : 611392 : default:
4478 [ + + ]: 611392 : if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid1)))
4479 : : {
4480 : 610635 : TupleTableSlot *src_slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate,
4481 : : src_relInfo);
4482 : :
4483 [ - + ]: 610635 : if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(src_rel,
4484 : : &(event->ate_ctid1),
4485 : : SnapshotAny,
4486 : : src_slot))
4487 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
4488 : :
4489 : : /*
4490 : : * Store the tuple fetched from the source partition into the
4491 : : * target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if needed.
4492 : : */
4493 [ + + ]: 610635 : if (src_relInfo != relInfo)
4494 : : {
4495 : 100 : TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_relInfo);
4496 : :
4497 : 100 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relInfo);
4498 [ + + ]: 100 : if (map)
4499 : : {
4500 : 24 : execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
4501 : : src_slot,
4502 : : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
4503 : : }
4504 : : else
4505 : 76 : ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, src_slot);
4506 : : }
4507 : : else
4508 : 610535 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = src_slot;
4509 : 610635 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
4510 : 610635 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, false, &should_free_trig);
4511 : : }
4512 : : else
4513 : : {
4514 : 757 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
4515 : : }
4516 : :
4517 : : /* don't touch ctid2 if not there */
4518 [ + + ]: 611392 : if (((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ||
4519 [ + + + - ]: 611492 : (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)) &&
4520 : 2091 : ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid2)))
4521 : 2091 : {
4522 : 2091 : TupleTableSlot *dst_slot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate,
4523 : : dst_relInfo);
4524 : :
4525 [ - + ]: 2091 : if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(dst_rel,
4526 : : &(event->ate_ctid2),
4527 : : SnapshotAny,
4528 : : dst_slot))
4529 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
4530 : :
4531 : : /*
4532 : : * Store the tuple fetched from the destination partition into
4533 : : * the target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if
4534 : : * needed.
4535 : : */
4536 [ + + ]: 2091 : if (dst_relInfo != relInfo)
4537 : : {
4538 : 100 : TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_relInfo);
4539 : :
4540 : 100 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relInfo);
4541 [ + + ]: 100 : if (map)
4542 : : {
4543 : 28 : execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
4544 : : dst_slot,
4545 : : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
4546 : : }
4547 : : else
4548 : 72 : ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, dst_slot);
4549 : : }
4550 : : else
4551 : 1991 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = dst_slot;
4552 : 2091 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
4553 : 2091 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, false, &should_free_new);
4554 : : }
4555 : : else
4556 : : {
4557 : 609301 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
4558 : : }
4559 : : }
4560 : :
4561 : : /*
4562 : : * Set up the tuplestore information to let the trigger have access to
4563 : : * transition tables. When we first make a transition table available to
4564 : : * a trigger, mark it "closed" so that it cannot change anymore. If any
4565 : : * additional events of the same type get queued in the current trigger
4566 : : * query level, they'll go into new transition tables.
4567 : : */
4568 : 611421 : LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = NULL;
4569 [ + + ]: 611421 : if (evtshared->ats_table)
4570 : : {
4571 [ + + ]: 435 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgoldtable)
4572 : : {
4573 : 231 : LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_tuplestore;
4574 : 231 : evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
4575 : : }
4576 : :
4577 [ + + ]: 435 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgnewtable)
4578 : : {
4579 : 319 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_tuplestore;
4580 : 319 : evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
4581 : : }
4582 : : }
4583 : :
4584 : : /*
4585 : : * Setup the remaining trigger information
4586 : : */
4587 : 611421 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
4588 : 611421 : LocTriggerData.tg_event =
4589 : 611421 : evtshared->ats_event & (TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
4590 : 611421 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
4591 [ + + ]: 611421 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgtype))
4592 : 3650 : LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = evtshared->ats_modifiedcols;
4593 : :
4594 : 611421 : MemoryContextReset(per_tuple_context);
4595 : :
4596 : : /*
4597 : : * If necessary, become the role that was active when the trigger got
4598 : : * queued. Note that the role might have been dropped since the trigger
4599 : : * was queued, but if that is a problem, we will get an error later.
4600 : : * Checking here would still leave a race condition.
4601 : : */
4602 : 611421 : GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_rolid, &save_sec_context);
4603 [ + + ]: 611421 : if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
4604 : 16 : SetUserIdAndSecContext(evtshared->ats_rolid,
4605 : : save_sec_context | SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE);
4606 : :
4607 : : /*
4608 : : * Call the trigger and throw away any possibly returned updated tuple.
4609 : : * (Don't let ExecCallTriggerFunc measure EXPLAIN time.)
4610 : : */
4611 : 611421 : rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
4612 : : tgindx,
4613 : : finfo,
4614 : : NULL,
4615 : : per_tuple_context);
4616 [ + + ]: 610773 : if (rettuple != NULL &&
4617 [ + + ]: 2384 : rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple &&
4618 [ - + ]: 974 : rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple)
4619 : 0 : heap_freetuple(rettuple);
4620 : :
4621 : : /* Restore the current role if necessary */
4622 [ + + ]: 610773 : if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
4623 : 12 : SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_rolid, save_sec_context);
4624 : :
4625 : : /*
4626 : : * Release resources
4627 : : */
4628 [ + + ]: 610773 : if (should_free_trig)
4629 : 109 : heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple);
4630 [ + + ]: 610773 : if (should_free_new)
4631 : 91 : heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple);
4632 : :
4633 : : /* don't clear slots' contents if foreign table */
4634 [ + + ]: 610773 : if (trig_tuple_slot1 == NULL)
4635 : : {
4636 [ + + ]: 610738 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot)
4637 : 610019 : ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
4638 [ + + ]: 610738 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_newslot)
4639 : 1894 : ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
4640 : : }
4641 : :
4642 : : /*
4643 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
4644 : : * the firing of the trigger.
4645 : : */
4646 [ - + ]: 610773 : if (instr)
4647 : 0 : InstrStopTrigger(instr + tgindx, 1);
4648 : : }
4649 : :
4650 : :
4651 : : /*
4652 : : * afterTriggerMarkEvents()
4653 : : *
4654 : : * Scan the given event list for not yet invoked events. Mark the ones
4655 : : * that can be invoked now with the current firing ID.
4656 : : *
4657 : : * If move_list isn't NULL, events that are not to be invoked now are
4658 : : * transferred to move_list.
4659 : : *
4660 : : * When immediate_only is true, do not invoke currently-deferred triggers.
4661 : : * (This will be false only at main transaction exit.)
4662 : : *
4663 : : * Returns true if any invokable events were found.
4664 : : */
4665 : : static bool
4666 : 638026 : afterTriggerMarkEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4667 : : AfterTriggerEventList *move_list,
4668 : : bool immediate_only)
4669 : : {
4670 : 638026 : bool found = false;
4671 : 638026 : bool deferred_found = false;
4672 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
4673 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4674 : :
4675 [ + + + + : 1256962 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, *events)
+ + + + +
+ ]
4676 : : {
4677 : 612786 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
4678 : 612786 : bool defer_it = false;
4679 : :
4680 [ + + ]: 612786 : if (!(event->ate_flags &
4681 : : (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS)))
4682 : : {
4683 : : /*
4684 : : * This trigger hasn't been called or scheduled yet. Check if we
4685 : : * should call it now.
4686 : : */
4687 [ + + + + ]: 612210 : if (immediate_only && afterTriggerCheckState(evtshared))
4688 : : {
4689 : 524 : defer_it = true;
4690 : : }
4691 : : else
4692 : : {
4693 : : /*
4694 : : * Mark it as to be fired in this firing cycle.
4695 : : */
4696 : 611686 : evtshared->ats_firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
4697 : 611686 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
4698 : 611686 : found = true;
4699 : : }
4700 : : }
4701 : :
4702 : : /*
4703 : : * If it's deferred, move it to move_list, if requested.
4704 : : */
4705 [ + + + - ]: 612786 : if (defer_it && move_list != NULL)
4706 : : {
4707 : 524 : deferred_found = true;
4708 : : /* add it to move_list */
4709 : 524 : afterTriggerAddEvent(move_list, event, evtshared);
4710 : : /* mark original copy "done" so we don't do it again */
4711 : 524 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
4712 : : }
4713 : : }
4714 : :
4715 : : /*
4716 : : * We could allow deferred triggers if, before the end of the
4717 : : * security-restricted operation, we were to verify that a SET CONSTRAINTS
4718 : : * ... IMMEDIATE has fired all such triggers. For now, don't bother.
4719 : : */
4720 [ + + + + ]: 638026 : if (deferred_found && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
4721 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
4722 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
4723 : : errmsg("cannot fire deferred trigger within security-restricted operation")));
4724 : :
4725 : 638018 : return found;
4726 : : }
4727 : :
4728 : : /*
4729 : : * afterTriggerInvokeEvents()
4730 : : *
4731 : : * Scan the given event list for events that are marked as to be fired
4732 : : * in the current firing cycle, and fire them.
4733 : : *
4734 : : * If estate isn't NULL, we use its result relation info to avoid repeated
4735 : : * openings and closing of trigger target relations. If it is NULL, we
4736 : : * make one locally to cache the info in case there are multiple trigger
4737 : : * events per rel.
4738 : : *
4739 : : * When delete_ok is true, it's safe to delete fully-processed events.
4740 : : * (We are not very tense about that: we simply reset a chunk to be empty
4741 : : * if all its events got fired. The objective here is just to avoid useless
4742 : : * rescanning of events when a trigger queues new events during transaction
4743 : : * end, so it's not necessary to worry much about the case where only
4744 : : * some events are fired.)
4745 : : *
4746 : : * Returns true if no unfired events remain in the list (this allows us
4747 : : * to avoid repeating afterTriggerMarkEvents).
4748 : : */
4749 : : static bool
4750 : 5549 : afterTriggerInvokeEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4751 : : CommandId firing_id,
4752 : : EState *estate,
4753 : : bool delete_ok)
4754 : : {
4755 : 5549 : bool all_fired = true;
4756 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4757 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context;
4758 : 5549 : bool local_estate = false;
4759 : 5549 : ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
4760 : 5549 : Relation rel = NULL;
4761 : 5549 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = NULL;
4762 : 5549 : FmgrInfo *finfo = NULL;
4763 : 5549 : TriggerInstrumentation *instr = NULL;
4764 : 5549 : TupleTableSlot *slot1 = NULL,
4765 : 5549 : *slot2 = NULL;
4766 : :
4767 : : /* Make a local EState if need be */
4768 [ + + ]: 5549 : if (estate == NULL)
4769 : : {
4770 : 301 : estate = CreateExecutorState();
4771 : 301 : local_estate = true;
4772 : : }
4773 : :
4774 : : /* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
4775 : : per_tuple_context =
4776 : 5549 : AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
4777 : : "AfterTriggerTupleContext",
4778 : : ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
4779 : :
4780 [ + + ]: 10508 : for_each_chunk(chunk, *events)
4781 : : {
4782 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
4783 : 5607 : bool all_fired_in_chunk = true;
4784 : :
4785 [ + + + + : 617396 : for_each_event(event, chunk)
+ + + + ]
4786 : : {
4787 : 612437 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
4788 : :
4789 : : /*
4790 : : * Is it one for me to fire?
4791 : : */
4792 [ + + ]: 612437 : if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS) &&
4793 [ + - ]: 611425 : evtshared->ats_firing_id == firing_id)
4794 : 610777 : {
4795 : : ResultRelInfo *src_rInfo,
4796 : : *dst_rInfo;
4797 : :
4798 : : /*
4799 : : * So let's fire it... but first, find the correct relation if
4800 : : * this is not the same relation as before.
4801 : : */
4802 [ + + + + ]: 611425 : if (rel == NULL || RelationGetRelid(rel) != evtshared->ats_relid)
4803 : : {
4804 : 5774 : rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate, evtshared->ats_relid,
4805 : : NULL);
4806 : 5774 : rel = rInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4807 : : /* Catch calls with insufficient relcache refcounting */
4808 : : Assert(!RelationHasReferenceCountZero(rel));
4809 : 5774 : trigdesc = rInfo->ri_TrigDesc;
4810 : : /* caution: trigdesc could be NULL here */
4811 : 5774 : finfo = rInfo->ri_TrigFunctions;
4812 : 5774 : instr = rInfo->ri_TrigInstrument;
4813 [ - + ]: 5774 : if (slot1 != NULL)
4814 : : {
4815 : 0 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
4816 : 0 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
4817 : 0 : slot1 = slot2 = NULL;
4818 : : }
4819 [ + + ]: 5774 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
4820 : : {
4821 : 19 : slot1 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
4822 : : &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
4823 : 19 : slot2 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
4824 : : &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
4825 : : }
4826 : : }
4827 : :
4828 : : /*
4829 : : * Look up source and destination partition result rels of a
4830 : : * cross-partition update event.
4831 : : */
4832 [ + + ]: 611425 : if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) ==
4833 : : AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)
4834 : : {
4835 : : Assert(OidIsValid(event->ate_src_part) &&
4836 : : OidIsValid(event->ate_dst_part));
4837 : 100 : src_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
4838 : : event->ate_src_part,
4839 : : rInfo);
4840 : 100 : dst_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
4841 : : event->ate_dst_part,
4842 : : rInfo);
4843 : : }
4844 : : else
4845 : 611325 : src_rInfo = dst_rInfo = rInfo;
4846 : :
4847 : : /*
4848 : : * Fire it. Note that the AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS flag is
4849 : : * still set, so recursive examinations of the event list
4850 : : * won't try to re-fire it.
4851 : : */
4852 : 611425 : AfterTriggerExecute(estate, event, rInfo,
4853 : : src_rInfo, dst_rInfo,
4854 : : trigdesc, finfo, instr,
4855 : : per_tuple_context, slot1, slot2);
4856 : :
4857 : : /*
4858 : : * Mark the event as done.
4859 : : */
4860 : 610777 : event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
4861 : 610777 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
4862 : : }
4863 [ + + ]: 1012 : else if (!(event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE))
4864 : : {
4865 : : /* something remains to be done */
4866 : 352 : all_fired = all_fired_in_chunk = false;
4867 : : }
4868 : : }
4869 : :
4870 : : /* Clear the chunk if delete_ok and nothing left of interest */
4871 [ + + + - ]: 4959 : if (delete_ok && all_fired_in_chunk)
4872 : : {
4873 : 194 : chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
4874 : 194 : chunk->endfree = chunk->endptr;
4875 : :
4876 : : /*
4877 : : * If it's last chunk, must sync event list's tailfree too. Note
4878 : : * that delete_ok must NOT be passed as true if there could be
4879 : : * additional AfterTriggerEventList values pointing at this event
4880 : : * list, since we'd fail to fix their copies of tailfree.
4881 : : */
4882 [ + - ]: 194 : if (chunk == events->tail)
4883 : 194 : events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
4884 : : }
4885 : : }
4886 [ + + ]: 4901 : if (slot1 != NULL)
4887 : : {
4888 : 19 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
4889 : 19 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
4890 : : }
4891 : :
4892 : : /* Release working resources */
4893 : 4901 : MemoryContextDelete(per_tuple_context);
4894 : :
4895 [ + + ]: 4901 : if (local_estate)
4896 : : {
4897 : 194 : ExecCloseResultRelations(estate);
4898 : 194 : ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
4899 : 194 : FreeExecutorState(estate);
4900 : : }
4901 : :
4902 : 4901 : return all_fired;
4903 : : }
4904 : :
4905 : :
4906 : : /*
4907 : : * GetAfterTriggersTableData
4908 : : *
4909 : : * Find or create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for the specified
4910 : : * trigger event (relation + operation type). Ignore existing structs
4911 : : * marked "closed"; we don't want to put any additional tuples into them,
4912 : : * nor change their stmt-triggers-fired state.
4913 : : *
4914 : : * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list is allocated in the current
4915 : : * (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext. This is OK because
4916 : : * we don't need it to live past AfterTriggerEndQuery.
4917 : : */
4918 : : static AfterTriggersTableData *
4919 : 1637 : GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
4920 : : {
4921 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
4922 : : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
4923 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4924 : : ListCell *lc;
4925 : :
4926 : : /* At this level, cmdType should not be, eg, CMD_MERGE */
4927 : : Assert(cmdType == CMD_INSERT ||
4928 : : cmdType == CMD_UPDATE ||
4929 : : cmdType == CMD_DELETE);
4930 : :
4931 : : /* Caller should have ensured query_depth is OK. */
4932 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0 &&
4933 : : afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
4934 : 1637 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
4935 : :
4936 [ + + + + : 1877 : foreach(lc, qs->tables)
+ + ]
4937 : : {
4938 : 1084 : table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
4939 [ + + + + ]: 1084 : if (table->relid == relid && table->cmdType == cmdType &&
4940 [ + + ]: 868 : !table->closed)
4941 : 844 : return table;
4942 : : }
4943 : :
4944 : 793 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
4945 : :
4946 : 793 : table = palloc0_object(AfterTriggersTableData);
4947 : 793 : table->relid = relid;
4948 : 793 : table->cmdType = cmdType;
4949 : 793 : qs->tables = lappend(qs->tables, table);
4950 : :
4951 : 793 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4952 : :
4953 : 793 : return table;
4954 : : }
4955 : :
4956 : : /*
4957 : : * Returns a TupleTableSlot suitable for holding the tuples to be put
4958 : : * into AfterTriggersTableData's transition table tuplestores.
4959 : : */
4960 : : static TupleTableSlot *
4961 : 196 : GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
4962 : : TupleDesc tupdesc)
4963 : : {
4964 : : /* Create it if not already done. */
4965 [ + + ]: 196 : if (!table->storeslot)
4966 : : {
4967 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4968 : :
4969 : : /*
4970 : : * We need this slot only until AfterTriggerEndQuery, but making it
4971 : : * last till end-of-subxact is good enough. It'll be freed by
4972 : : * AfterTriggerFreeQuery(). However, the passed-in tupdesc might have
4973 : : * a different lifespan, so we'd better make a copy of that.
4974 : : */
4975 : 56 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
4976 : 56 : tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupdesc);
4977 : 56 : table->storeslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual);
4978 : 56 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4979 : : }
4980 : :
4981 : 196 : return table->storeslot;
4982 : : }
4983 : :
4984 : : /*
4985 : : * MakeTransitionCaptureState
4986 : : *
4987 : : * Make a TransitionCaptureState object for the given TriggerDesc, target
4988 : : * relation, and operation type. The TCS object holds all the state needed
4989 : : * to decide whether to capture tuples in transition tables.
4990 : : *
4991 : : * If there are no triggers in 'trigdesc' that request relevant transition
4992 : : * tables, then return NULL.
4993 : : *
4994 : : * The resulting object can be passed to the ExecAR* functions. When
4995 : : * dealing with child tables, the caller can set tcs_original_insert_tuple
4996 : : * to avoid having to reconstruct the original tuple in the root table's
4997 : : * format.
4998 : : *
4999 : : * Note that we copy the flags from a parent table into this struct (rather
5000 : : * than subsequently using the relation's TriggerDesc directly) so that we can
5001 : : * use it to control collection of transition tuples from child tables.
5002 : : *
5003 : : * Per SQL spec, all operations of the same kind (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE)
5004 : : * on the same table during one query should share one transition table.
5005 : : * Therefore, the Tuplestores are owned by an AfterTriggersTableData struct
5006 : : * looked up using the table OID + CmdType, and are merely referenced by
5007 : : * the TransitionCaptureState objects we hand out to callers.
5008 : : */
5009 : : TransitionCaptureState *
5010 : 79421 : MakeTransitionCaptureState(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
5011 : : {
5012 : : TransitionCaptureState *state;
5013 : : bool need_old_upd,
5014 : : need_new_upd,
5015 : : need_old_del,
5016 : : need_new_ins;
5017 : : AfterTriggersTableData *ins_table;
5018 : : AfterTriggersTableData *upd_table;
5019 : : AfterTriggersTableData *del_table;
5020 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
5021 : : ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
5022 : :
5023 [ + + ]: 79421 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
5024 : 70241 : return NULL;
5025 : :
5026 : : /* Detect which table(s) we need. */
5027 [ + + + + : 9180 : switch (cmdType)
- ]
5028 : : {
5029 : 5345 : case CMD_INSERT:
5030 : 5345 : need_old_upd = need_old_del = need_new_upd = false;
5031 : 5345 : need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
5032 : 5345 : break;
5033 : 2598 : case CMD_UPDATE:
5034 : 2598 : need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
5035 : 2598 : need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
5036 : 2598 : need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
5037 : 2598 : break;
5038 : 989 : case CMD_DELETE:
5039 : 989 : need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
5040 : 989 : need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_new_ins = false;
5041 : 989 : break;
5042 : 248 : case CMD_MERGE:
5043 : 248 : need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
5044 : 248 : need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
5045 : 248 : need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
5046 : 248 : need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
5047 : 248 : break;
5048 : 0 : default:
5049 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unexpected CmdType: %d", (int) cmdType);
5050 : : /* keep compiler quiet */
5051 : : need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
5052 : : break;
5053 : : }
5054 [ + + + + : 9180 : if (!need_old_upd && !need_new_upd && !need_new_ins && !need_old_del)
+ + + + ]
5055 : 8749 : return NULL;
5056 : :
5057 : : /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
5058 [ - + ]: 431 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
5059 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "MakeTransitionCaptureState() called outside of query");
5060 : :
5061 : : /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
5062 [ + + ]: 431 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5063 : 315 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
5064 : :
5065 : : /*
5066 : : * Find or create AfterTriggersTableData struct(s) to hold the
5067 : : * tuplestore(s). If there's a matching struct but it's marked closed,
5068 : : * ignore it; we need a newer one.
5069 : : *
5070 : : * Note: MERGE must use the same AfterTriggersTableData structs as INSERT,
5071 : : * UPDATE, and DELETE, so that any MERGE'd tuples are added to the same
5072 : : * tuplestores as tuples from any INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE commands
5073 : : * running in the same top-level command (e.g., in a writable CTE).
5074 : : *
5075 : : * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list, as well as the tuplestores, are
5076 : : * allocated in the current (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext, and
5077 : : * the tuplestores are managed by the (sub)transaction's resource owner.
5078 : : * This is sufficient lifespan because we do not allow triggers using
5079 : : * transition tables to be deferrable; they will be fired during
5080 : : * AfterTriggerEndQuery, after which it's okay to delete the data.
5081 : : */
5082 [ + + ]: 431 : if (need_new_ins)
5083 : 180 : ins_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_INSERT);
5084 : : else
5085 : 251 : ins_table = NULL;
5086 : :
5087 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_upd || need_new_upd)
5088 : 145 : upd_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_UPDATE);
5089 : : else
5090 : 286 : upd_table = NULL;
5091 : :
5092 [ + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_del)
5093 : 130 : del_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_DELETE);
5094 : : else
5095 : 301 : del_table = NULL;
5096 : :
5097 : : /* Now create required tuplestore(s), if we don't have them already. */
5098 : 431 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
5099 : 431 : saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
5100 : 431 : CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
5101 : :
5102 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_upd && upd_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
5103 : 121 : upd_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5104 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_new_upd && upd_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
5105 : 129 : upd_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5106 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_del && del_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
5107 : 98 : del_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5108 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_new_ins && ins_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
5109 : 172 : ins_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5110 : :
5111 : 431 : CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
5112 : 431 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
5113 : :
5114 : : /* Now build the TransitionCaptureState struct, in caller's context */
5115 : 431 : state = palloc0_object(TransitionCaptureState);
5116 : 431 : state->tcs_delete_old_table = need_old_del;
5117 : 431 : state->tcs_update_old_table = need_old_upd;
5118 : 431 : state->tcs_update_new_table = need_new_upd;
5119 : 431 : state->tcs_insert_new_table = need_new_ins;
5120 : 431 : state->tcs_insert_private = ins_table;
5121 : 431 : state->tcs_update_private = upd_table;
5122 : 431 : state->tcs_delete_private = del_table;
5123 : :
5124 : 431 : return state;
5125 : : }
5126 : :
5127 : :
5128 : : /* ----------
5129 : : * AfterTriggerBeginXact()
5130 : : *
5131 : : * Called at transaction start (either BEGIN or implicit for single
5132 : : * statement outside of transaction block).
5133 : : * ----------
5134 : : */
5135 : : void
5136 : 661220 : AfterTriggerBeginXact(void)
5137 : : {
5138 : : /*
5139 : : * Initialize after-trigger state structure to empty
5140 : : */
5141 : 661220 : afterTriggers.firing_counter = (CommandId) 1; /* mustn't be 0 */
5142 : 661220 : afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
5143 : 661220 : afterTriggers.firing_depth = 0;
5144 : 661220 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks = NIL;
5145 : 661220 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
5146 : :
5147 : : /*
5148 : : * Verify that there is no leftover state remaining. If these assertions
5149 : : * trip, it means that AfterTriggerEndXact wasn't called or didn't clean
5150 : : * up properly.
5151 : : */
5152 : : Assert(afterTriggers.state == NULL);
5153 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_stack == NULL);
5154 : : Assert(afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0);
5155 : : Assert(afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL);
5156 : : Assert(afterTriggers.events.head == NULL);
5157 : : Assert(afterTriggers.trans_stack == NULL);
5158 : : Assert(afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0);
5159 : 661220 : }
5160 : :
5161 : :
5162 : : /* ----------
5163 : : * AfterTriggerBeginQuery()
5164 : : *
5165 : : * Called just before we start processing a single query within a
5166 : : * transaction (or subtransaction). Most of the real work gets deferred
5167 : : * until somebody actually tries to queue a trigger event.
5168 : : * ----------
5169 : : */
5170 : : void
5171 : 248341 : AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
5172 : : {
5173 : : /* Increase the query stack depth */
5174 : 248341 : afterTriggers.query_depth++;
5175 : 248341 : }
5176 : :
5177 : :
5178 : : /* ----------
5179 : : * AfterTriggerEndQuery()
5180 : : *
5181 : : * Called after one query has been completely processed. At this time
5182 : : * we invoke all AFTER IMMEDIATE trigger events queued by the query, and
5183 : : * transfer deferred trigger events to the global deferred-trigger list.
5184 : : *
5185 : : * Note that this must be called BEFORE closing down the executor
5186 : : * with ExecutorEnd, because we make use of the EState's info about
5187 : : * target relations. Normally it is called from ExecutorFinish.
5188 : : * ----------
5189 : : */
5190 : : void
5191 : 245053 : AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
5192 : : {
5193 : : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
5194 : :
5195 : : /* Must be inside a query, too */
5196 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0);
5197 : :
5198 : : /*
5199 : : * If we never even got as far as initializing the event stack, there
5200 : : * certainly won't be any events, so exit quickly.
5201 : : */
5202 [ + + ]: 245053 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5203 : : {
5204 : 238680 : afterTriggers.query_depth--;
5205 : 238680 : return;
5206 : : }
5207 : :
5208 : : /*
5209 : : * Process all immediate-mode triggers queued by the query, and move the
5210 : : * deferred ones to the main list of deferred events.
5211 : : *
5212 : : * Notice that we decide which ones will be fired, and put the deferred
5213 : : * ones on the main list, before anything is actually fired. This ensures
5214 : : * reasonably sane behavior if a trigger function does SET CONSTRAINTS ...
5215 : : * IMMEDIATE: all events we have decided to defer will be available for it
5216 : : * to fire.
5217 : : *
5218 : : * We loop in case a trigger queues more events at the same query level.
5219 : : * Ordinary trigger functions, including all PL/pgSQL trigger functions,
5220 : : * will instead fire any triggers in a dedicated query level. Foreign key
5221 : : * enforcement triggers do add to the current query level, thanks to their
5222 : : * passing fire_triggers = false to SPI_execute_snapshot(). Other
5223 : : * C-language triggers might do likewise.
5224 : : *
5225 : : * If we find no firable events, we don't have to increment
5226 : : * firing_counter.
5227 : : */
5228 : 6373 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
5229 : :
5230 : 6373 : afterTriggers.firing_depth++;
5231 : : for (;;)
5232 : : {
5233 [ + + ]: 6581 : if (afterTriggerMarkEvents(&qs->events, &afterTriggers.events, true))
5234 : : {
5235 : 5248 : CommandId firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
5236 : 5248 : AfterTriggerEventChunk *oldtail = qs->events.tail;
5237 : :
5238 [ + + ]: 5248 : if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(&qs->events, firing_id, estate, false))
5239 : 4499 : break; /* all fired */
5240 : :
5241 : : /*
5242 : : * Firing a trigger could result in query_stack being repalloc'd,
5243 : : * so we must recalculate qs after each afterTriggerInvokeEvents
5244 : : * call. Furthermore, it's unsafe to pass delete_ok = true here,
5245 : : * because that could cause afterTriggerInvokeEvents to try to
5246 : : * access qs->events after the stack has been repalloc'd.
5247 : : */
5248 : 208 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
5249 : :
5250 : : /*
5251 : : * We'll need to scan the events list again. To reduce the cost
5252 : : * of doing so, get rid of completely-fired chunks. We know that
5253 : : * all events were marked IN_PROGRESS or DONE at the conclusion of
5254 : : * afterTriggerMarkEvents, so any still-interesting events must
5255 : : * have been added after that, and so must be in the chunk that
5256 : : * was then the tail chunk, or in later chunks. So, zap all
5257 : : * chunks before oldtail. This is approximately the same set of
5258 : : * events we would have gotten rid of by passing delete_ok = true.
5259 : : */
5260 : : Assert(oldtail != NULL);
5261 [ - + ]: 208 : while (qs->events.head != oldtail)
5262 : 0 : afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(qs);
5263 : : }
5264 : : else
5265 : 1325 : break;
5266 : : }
5267 : :
5268 : : /*
5269 : : * Fire batch callbacks before releasing query-level storage and before
5270 : : * decrementing query_depth. Callbacks may do real work (index probes,
5271 : : * error reporting).
5272 : : *
5273 : : * Recompute qs first: the loop above refreshes it after each
5274 : : * afterTriggerInvokeEvents() call (see comment there), but the "all
5275 : : * fired" break exits without doing so, leaving qs potentially stale here.
5276 : : */
5277 : 5824 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
5278 : 5824 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(qs->batch_callbacks);
5279 : :
5280 : : /* Release query-level-local storage, including tuplestores if any */
5281 : 5567 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
5282 : :
5283 : 5567 : afterTriggers.query_depth--;
5284 : 5567 : afterTriggers.firing_depth--;
5285 : : }
5286 : :
5287 : :
5288 : : /*
5289 : : * AfterTriggerFreeQuery
5290 : : * Release subsidiary storage for a trigger query level.
5291 : : * This includes closing down tuplestores.
5292 : : * Note: it's important for this to be safe if interrupted by an error
5293 : : * and then called again for the same query level.
5294 : : */
5295 : : static void
5296 : 5588 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
5297 : : {
5298 : : Tuplestorestate *ts;
5299 : : List *tables;
5300 : : ListCell *lc;
5301 : :
5302 : : /* Drop the trigger events */
5303 : 5588 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(&qs->events);
5304 : :
5305 : : /* Drop FDW tuplestore if any */
5306 : 5588 : ts = qs->fdw_tuplestore;
5307 : 5588 : qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
5308 [ + + ]: 5588 : if (ts)
5309 : 18 : tuplestore_end(ts);
5310 : :
5311 : : /* Release per-table subsidiary storage */
5312 : 5588 : tables = qs->tables;
5313 [ + + + + : 6335 : foreach(lc, tables)
+ + ]
5314 : : {
5315 : 747 : AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
5316 : :
5317 : 747 : ts = table->old_tuplestore;
5318 : 747 : table->old_tuplestore = NULL;
5319 [ + + ]: 747 : if (ts)
5320 : 199 : tuplestore_end(ts);
5321 : 747 : ts = table->new_tuplestore;
5322 : 747 : table->new_tuplestore = NULL;
5323 [ + + ]: 747 : if (ts)
5324 : 275 : tuplestore_end(ts);
5325 [ + + ]: 747 : if (table->storeslot)
5326 : : {
5327 : 56 : TupleTableSlot *slot = table->storeslot;
5328 : :
5329 : 56 : table->storeslot = NULL;
5330 : 56 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
5331 : : }
5332 : : }
5333 : :
5334 : : /*
5335 : : * Now free the AfterTriggersTableData structs and list cells. Reset list
5336 : : * pointer first; if list_free_deep somehow gets an error, better to leak
5337 : : * that storage than have an infinite loop.
5338 : : */
5339 : 5588 : qs->tables = NIL;
5340 : 5588 : list_free_deep(tables);
5341 : :
5342 : 5588 : list_free_deep(qs->batch_callbacks);
5343 : 5588 : qs->batch_callbacks = NIL;
5344 : 5588 : }
5345 : :
5346 : :
5347 : : /* ----------
5348 : : * AfterTriggerFireDeferred()
5349 : : *
5350 : : * Called just before the current transaction is committed. At this
5351 : : * time we invoke all pending DEFERRED triggers.
5352 : : *
5353 : : * It is possible for other modules to queue additional deferred triggers
5354 : : * during pre-commit processing; therefore xact.c may have to call this
5355 : : * multiple times.
5356 : : * ----------
5357 : : */
5358 : : void
5359 : 631279 : AfterTriggerFireDeferred(void)
5360 : : {
5361 : : AfterTriggerEventList *events;
5362 : 631279 : bool snap_pushed = false;
5363 : :
5364 : : /* Must not be inside a query */
5365 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth == -1);
5366 : :
5367 : : /*
5368 : : * If there are any triggers to fire, make sure we have set a snapshot for
5369 : : * them to use. (Since PortalRunUtility doesn't set a snap for COMMIT, we
5370 : : * can't assume ActiveSnapshot is valid on entry.)
5371 : : */
5372 : 631279 : events = &afterTriggers.events;
5373 [ + + ]: 631279 : if (events->head != NULL)
5374 : : {
5375 : 279 : PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
5376 : 279 : snap_pushed = true;
5377 : : }
5378 : :
5379 : : /*
5380 : : * Run all the remaining triggers. Loop until they are all gone, in case
5381 : : * some trigger queues more for us to do.
5382 : : */
5383 : 631279 : afterTriggers.firing_depth++;
5384 [ + + ]: 631422 : while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, false))
5385 : : {
5386 : 287 : CommandId firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
5387 : :
5388 : 287 : (void) afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL, true);
5389 : :
5390 : : /*
5391 : : * Flush any fast-path FK-check batches accumulated by the triggers
5392 : : * just fired. A batch callback runs user-supplied cast or equality
5393 : : * functions, whose DML can queue further deferred trigger events.
5394 : : * Flush inside the loop so afterTriggerMarkEvents() sees any such
5395 : : * events on the next iteration and fires them; flushing after the
5396 : : * loop would leave them unfired, silently skipping e.g. a deferred FK
5397 : : * check and letting a violating row commit. (The former "all fired"
5398 : : * break is therefore gone: the loop now terminates only when
5399 : : * afterTriggerMarkEvents() finds nothing left, including events
5400 : : * queued by the flush.)
5401 : : */
5402 : 186 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
5403 : : }
5404 : :
5405 : 631135 : afterTriggers.firing_depth--;
5406 : :
5407 : : /*
5408 : : * We don't bother freeing the event list or batch_callbacks, since they
5409 : : * will go away anyway (and more efficiently than via pfree) in
5410 : : * AfterTriggerEndXact.
5411 : : */
5412 : :
5413 [ + + ]: 631135 : if (snap_pushed)
5414 : 135 : PopActiveSnapshot();
5415 : 631135 : }
5416 : :
5417 : :
5418 : : /* ----------
5419 : : * AfterTriggerEndXact()
5420 : : *
5421 : : * The current transaction is finishing.
5422 : : *
5423 : : * Any unfired triggers are canceled so we simply throw
5424 : : * away anything we know.
5425 : : *
5426 : : * Note: it is possible for this to be called repeatedly in case of
5427 : : * error during transaction abort; therefore, do not complain if
5428 : : * already closed down.
5429 : : * ----------
5430 : : */
5431 : : void
5432 : 661444 : AfterTriggerEndXact(bool isCommit)
5433 : : {
5434 : : /*
5435 : : * Forget the pending-events list.
5436 : : *
5437 : : * Since all the info is in TopTransactionContext or children thereof, we
5438 : : * don't really need to do anything to reclaim memory. However, the
5439 : : * pending-events list could be large, and so it's useful to discard it as
5440 : : * soon as possible --- especially if we are aborting because we ran out
5441 : : * of memory for the list!
5442 : : */
5443 [ + + ]: 661444 : if (afterTriggers.event_cxt)
5444 : : {
5445 : 4536 : MemoryContextDelete(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
5446 : 4536 : afterTriggers.event_cxt = NULL;
5447 : 4536 : afterTriggers.events.head = NULL;
5448 : 4536 : afterTriggers.events.tail = NULL;
5449 : 4536 : afterTriggers.events.tailfree = NULL;
5450 : : }
5451 : :
5452 : : /*
5453 : : * Forget any subtransaction state as well. Since this can't be very
5454 : : * large, we let the eventual reset of TopTransactionContext free the
5455 : : * memory instead of doing it here.
5456 : : */
5457 : 661444 : afterTriggers.trans_stack = NULL;
5458 : 661444 : afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 0;
5459 : :
5460 : :
5461 : : /*
5462 : : * Forget the query stack and constraint-related state information. As
5463 : : * with the subtransaction state information, we don't bother freeing the
5464 : : * memory here.
5465 : : */
5466 : 661444 : afterTriggers.query_stack = NULL;
5467 : 661444 : afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = 0;
5468 : 661444 : afterTriggers.state = NULL;
5469 : :
5470 : : /* No more afterTriggers manipulation until next transaction starts. */
5471 : 661444 : afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
5472 : :
5473 : 661444 : afterTriggers.firing_depth = 0;
5474 : :
5475 : 661444 : list_free_deep(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
5476 : 661444 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks = NIL;
5477 : 661444 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
5478 : 661444 : }
5479 : :
5480 : : /*
5481 : : * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()
5482 : : *
5483 : : * Start a subtransaction.
5484 : : */
5485 : : void
5486 : 12698 : AfterTriggerBeginSubXact(void)
5487 : : {
5488 : 12698 : int my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
5489 : :
5490 : : /*
5491 : : * Allocate more space in the trans_stack if needed. (Note: because the
5492 : : * minimum nest level of a subtransaction is 2, we waste the first couple
5493 : : * entries of the array; not worth the notational effort to avoid it.)
5494 : : */
5495 [ + + ]: 14240 : while (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
5496 : : {
5497 [ + + ]: 1542 : if (afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0)
5498 : : {
5499 : : /* Arbitrarily initialize for max of 8 subtransaction levels */
5500 : 1498 : afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
5501 : 1498 : MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
5502 : : 8 * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
5503 : 1498 : afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 8;
5504 : : }
5505 : : else
5506 : : {
5507 : : /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
5508 : 44 : int new_alloc = afterTriggers.maxtransdepth * 2;
5509 : :
5510 : 44 : afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
5511 : 44 : repalloc(afterTriggers.trans_stack,
5512 : : new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
5513 : 44 : afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = new_alloc;
5514 : : }
5515 : : }
5516 : :
5517 : : /*
5518 : : * Push the current information into the stack. The SET CONSTRAINTS state
5519 : : * is not saved until/unless changed. Likewise, we don't make a
5520 : : * per-subtransaction event context until needed.
5521 : : */
5522 : 12698 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
5523 : 12698 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events = afterTriggers.events;
5524 : 12698 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth = afterTriggers.query_depth;
5525 : 12698 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
5526 : 12698 : }
5527 : :
5528 : : /*
5529 : : * AfterTriggerEndSubXact()
5530 : : *
5531 : : * The current subtransaction is ending.
5532 : : */
5533 : : void
5534 : 12698 : AfterTriggerEndSubXact(bool isCommit)
5535 : : {
5536 : 12698 : int my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
5537 : : SetConstraintState state;
5538 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
5539 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
5540 : : CommandId subxact_firing_id;
5541 : :
5542 : : /*
5543 : : * Pop the prior state if needed.
5544 : : */
5545 [ + + ]: 12698 : if (isCommit)
5546 : : {
5547 : : Assert(my_level < afterTriggers.maxtransdepth);
5548 : : /* If we saved a prior state, we don't need it anymore */
5549 : 7260 : state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
5550 [ + + ]: 7260 : if (state != NULL)
5551 : 4 : pfree(state);
5552 : : /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
5553 : 7260 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
5554 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
5555 : : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
5556 : : }
5557 : : else
5558 : : {
5559 : : /*
5560 : : * Aborting. It is possible subxact start failed before calling
5561 : : * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact, in which case we mustn't risk touching
5562 : : * trans_stack levels that aren't there.
5563 : : */
5564 [ - + ]: 5438 : if (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
5565 : 0 : return;
5566 : :
5567 : : /*
5568 : : * Release query-level storage for queries being aborted, and restore
5569 : : * query_depth to its pre-subxact value. This assumes that a
5570 : : * subtransaction will not add events to query levels started in a
5571 : : * earlier transaction state.
5572 : : */
5573 [ + + ]: 5501 : while (afterTriggers.query_depth > afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth)
5574 : : {
5575 [ + + ]: 63 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5576 : 21 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
5577 : 63 : afterTriggers.query_depth--;
5578 : : }
5579 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
5580 : : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
5581 : :
5582 : : /*
5583 : : * Restore the global deferred-event list to its former length,
5584 : : * discarding any events queued by the subxact.
5585 : : */
5586 : 5438 : afterTriggerRestoreEventList(&afterTriggers.events,
5587 : 5438 : &afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events);
5588 : :
5589 : : /*
5590 : : * Restore the trigger state. If the saved state is NULL, then this
5591 : : * subxact didn't save it, so it doesn't need restoring.
5592 : : */
5593 : 5438 : state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
5594 [ + + ]: 5438 : if (state != NULL)
5595 : : {
5596 : 2 : pfree(afterTriggers.state);
5597 : 2 : afterTriggers.state = state;
5598 : : }
5599 : : /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
5600 : 5438 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
5601 : :
5602 : : /*
5603 : : * Scan for any remaining deferred events that were marked DONE or IN
5604 : : * PROGRESS by this subxact or a child, and un-mark them. We can
5605 : : * recognize such events because they have a firing ID greater than or
5606 : : * equal to the firing_counter value we saved at subtransaction start.
5607 : : * (This essentially assumes that the current subxact includes all
5608 : : * subxacts started after it.)
5609 : : */
5610 : 5438 : subxact_firing_id = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter;
5611 [ + - + - : 5466 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
+ - + + +
+ ]
5612 : : {
5613 : 14 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
5614 : :
5615 [ + + ]: 14 : if (event->ate_flags &
5616 : : (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS))
5617 : : {
5618 [ + - ]: 2 : if (evtshared->ats_firing_id >= subxact_firing_id)
5619 : 2 : event->ate_flags &=
5620 : : ~(AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS);
5621 : : }
5622 : : }
5623 : : }
5624 : :
5625 : : /* Reset in case a callback threw an error while firing. */
5626 : 12698 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
5627 : : }
5628 : :
5629 : : /*
5630 : : * Get the transition table for the given event and depending on whether we are
5631 : : * processing the old or the new tuple.
5632 : : */
5633 : : static Tuplestorestate *
5634 : 44126 : GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
5635 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
5636 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
5637 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
5638 : : {
5639 : 44126 : Tuplestorestate *tuplestore = NULL;
5640 : 44126 : bool delete_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table;
5641 : 44126 : bool update_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table;
5642 : 44126 : bool update_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table;
5643 : 44126 : bool insert_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table;
5644 : :
5645 : : /*
5646 : : * For INSERT events NEW should be non-NULL, for DELETE events OLD should
5647 : : * be non-NULL, whereas for UPDATE events normally both OLD and NEW are
5648 : : * non-NULL. But for UPDATE events fired for capturing transition tuples
5649 : : * during UPDATE partition-key row movement, OLD is NULL when the event is
5650 : : * for a row being inserted, whereas NEW is NULL when the event is for a
5651 : : * row being deleted.
5652 : : */
5653 : : Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table &&
5654 : : TupIsNull(oldslot)));
5655 : : Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table &&
5656 : : TupIsNull(newslot)));
5657 : :
5658 [ + + + - ]: 44126 : if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
5659 : : {
5660 : : Assert(TupIsNull(newslot));
5661 [ + + + - ]: 3619 : if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table)
5662 : 3372 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private->old_tuplestore;
5663 [ + - + + ]: 247 : else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_old_table)
5664 : 231 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->old_tuplestore;
5665 : : }
5666 [ + - + - ]: 40507 : else if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
5667 : : {
5668 : : Assert(TupIsNull(oldslot));
5669 [ + + + - ]: 40507 : if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table)
5670 : 40260 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private->new_tuplestore;
5671 [ + - + + ]: 247 : else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_new_table)
5672 : 243 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->new_tuplestore;
5673 : : }
5674 : :
5675 : 44126 : return tuplestore;
5676 : : }
5677 : :
5678 : : /*
5679 : : * Add the given heap tuple to the given tuplestore, applying the conversion
5680 : : * map if necessary.
5681 : : *
5682 : : * If original_insert_tuple is given, we can add that tuple without conversion.
5683 : : */
5684 : : static void
5685 : 44126 : TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
5686 : : int event,
5687 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
5688 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
5689 : : TupleTableSlot *slot,
5690 : : TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
5691 : : Tuplestorestate *tuplestore)
5692 : : {
5693 : : TupleConversionMap *map;
5694 : :
5695 : : /*
5696 : : * Nothing needs to be done if we don't have a tuplestore.
5697 : : */
5698 [ + + ]: 44126 : if (tuplestore == NULL)
5699 : 20 : return;
5700 : :
5701 [ + + ]: 44106 : if (original_insert_tuple)
5702 : 96 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, original_insert_tuple);
5703 [ + + ]: 44010 : else if ((map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(relinfo)) != NULL)
5704 : : {
5705 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
5706 : : TupleTableSlot *storeslot;
5707 : :
5708 [ + + + - ]: 196 : switch (event)
5709 : : {
5710 : 8 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
5711 : 8 : table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
5712 : 8 : break;
5713 : 164 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
5714 : 164 : table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
5715 : 164 : break;
5716 : 24 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
5717 : 24 : table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
5718 : 24 : break;
5719 : 0 : default:
5720 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
5721 : : table = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
5722 : : break;
5723 : : }
5724 : :
5725 : 196 : storeslot = GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(table, map->outdesc);
5726 : 196 : execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap, slot, storeslot);
5727 : 196 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, storeslot);
5728 : : }
5729 : : else
5730 : 43814 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, slot);
5731 : : }
5732 : :
5733 : : /* ----------
5734 : : * AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()
5735 : : *
5736 : : * Prepare the necessary state so that we can record AFTER trigger events
5737 : : * queued by a query. It is allowed to have nested queries within a
5738 : : * (sub)transaction, so we need to have separate state for each query
5739 : : * nesting level.
5740 : : * ----------
5741 : : */
5742 : : static void
5743 : 4778 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void)
5744 : : {
5745 : 4778 : int init_depth = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
5746 : :
5747 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
5748 : :
5749 [ + + ]: 4778 : if (afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0)
5750 : : {
5751 : 4774 : int new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1, 8);
5752 : :
5753 : 4774 : afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
5754 : 4774 : MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
5755 : : new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
5756 : 4774 : afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
5757 : : }
5758 : : else
5759 : : {
5760 : : /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
5761 : 4 : int old_alloc = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
5762 : 4 : int new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1,
5763 : : old_alloc * 2);
5764 : :
5765 : 4 : afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
5766 : 4 : repalloc(afterTriggers.query_stack,
5767 : : new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
5768 : 4 : afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
5769 : : }
5770 : :
5771 : : /* Initialize new array entries to empty */
5772 [ + + ]: 43002 : while (init_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5773 : : {
5774 : 38224 : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[init_depth];
5775 : :
5776 : 38224 : qs->events.head = NULL;
5777 : 38224 : qs->events.tail = NULL;
5778 : 38224 : qs->events.tailfree = NULL;
5779 : 38224 : qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
5780 : 38224 : qs->tables = NIL;
5781 : 38224 : qs->batch_callbacks = NIL;
5782 : :
5783 : 38224 : ++init_depth;
5784 : : }
5785 : 4778 : }
5786 : :
5787 : : /*
5788 : : * Create an empty SetConstraintState with room for numalloc trigstates
5789 : : */
5790 : : static SetConstraintState
5791 : 67 : SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc)
5792 : : {
5793 : : SetConstraintState state;
5794 : :
5795 : : /* Behave sanely with numalloc == 0 */
5796 [ + + ]: 67 : if (numalloc <= 0)
5797 : 6 : numalloc = 1;
5798 : :
5799 : : /*
5800 : : * We assume that zeroing will correctly initialize the state values.
5801 : : */
5802 : : state = (SetConstraintState)
5803 : 67 : MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
5804 : : offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
5805 : 67 : numalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
5806 : :
5807 : 67 : state->numalloc = numalloc;
5808 : :
5809 : 67 : return state;
5810 : : }
5811 : :
5812 : : /*
5813 : : * Copy a SetConstraintState
5814 : : */
5815 : : static SetConstraintState
5816 : 6 : SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate)
5817 : : {
5818 : : SetConstraintState state;
5819 : :
5820 : 6 : state = SetConstraintStateCreate(origstate->numstates);
5821 : :
5822 : 6 : state->all_isset = origstate->all_isset;
5823 : 6 : state->all_isdeferred = origstate->all_isdeferred;
5824 : 6 : state->numstates = origstate->numstates;
5825 : 6 : memcpy(state->trigstates, origstate->trigstates,
5826 : 6 : origstate->numstates * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
5827 : :
5828 : 6 : return state;
5829 : : }
5830 : :
5831 : : /*
5832 : : * Add a per-trigger item to a SetConstraintState. Returns possibly-changed
5833 : : * pointer to the state object (it will change if we have to repalloc).
5834 : : */
5835 : : static SetConstraintState
5836 : 228 : SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
5837 : : Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred)
5838 : : {
5839 [ + + ]: 228 : if (state->numstates >= state->numalloc)
5840 : : {
5841 : 20 : int newalloc = state->numalloc * 2;
5842 : :
5843 : 20 : newalloc = Max(newalloc, 8); /* in case original has size 0 */
5844 : : state = (SetConstraintState)
5845 : 20 : repalloc(state,
5846 : : offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
5847 : 20 : newalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
5848 : 20 : state->numalloc = newalloc;
5849 : : Assert(state->numstates < state->numalloc);
5850 : : }
5851 : :
5852 : 228 : state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgoid = tgoid;
5853 : 228 : state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgisdeferred = tgisdeferred;
5854 : 228 : state->numstates++;
5855 : :
5856 : 228 : return state;
5857 : : }
5858 : :
5859 : : /* ----------
5860 : : * AfterTriggerSetState()
5861 : : *
5862 : : * Execute the SET CONSTRAINTS ... utility command.
5863 : : * ----------
5864 : : */
5865 : : void
5866 : 71 : AfterTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
5867 : : {
5868 : 71 : int my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
5869 : :
5870 : : /* If we haven't already done so, initialize our state. */
5871 [ + + ]: 71 : if (afterTriggers.state == NULL)
5872 : 61 : afterTriggers.state = SetConstraintStateCreate(8);
5873 : :
5874 : : /*
5875 : : * If in a subtransaction, and we didn't save the current state already,
5876 : : * save it so it can be restored if the subtransaction aborts.
5877 : : */
5878 [ + + ]: 71 : if (my_level > 1 &&
5879 [ + - ]: 6 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state == NULL)
5880 : : {
5881 : 6 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state =
5882 : 6 : SetConstraintStateCopy(afterTriggers.state);
5883 : : }
5884 : :
5885 : : /*
5886 : : * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS ALL ...
5887 : : */
5888 [ + + ]: 71 : if (stmt->constraints == NIL)
5889 : : {
5890 : : /*
5891 : : * Forget any previous SET CONSTRAINTS commands in this transaction.
5892 : : */
5893 : 39 : afterTriggers.state->numstates = 0;
5894 : :
5895 : : /*
5896 : : * Set the per-transaction ALL state to known.
5897 : : */
5898 : 39 : afterTriggers.state->all_isset = true;
5899 : 39 : afterTriggers.state->all_isdeferred = stmt->deferred;
5900 : : }
5901 : : else
5902 : : {
5903 : : Relation conrel;
5904 : : Relation tgrel;
5905 : 32 : List *conoidlist = NIL;
5906 : 32 : List *tgoidlist = NIL;
5907 : : ListCell *lc;
5908 : :
5909 : : /*
5910 : : * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS constraint-name [, ...]
5911 : : *
5912 : : * First, identify all the named constraints and make a list of their
5913 : : * OIDs. Since, unlike the SQL spec, we allow multiple constraints of
5914 : : * the same name within a schema, the specifications are not
5915 : : * necessarily unique. Our strategy is to target all matching
5916 : : * constraints within the first search-path schema that has any
5917 : : * matches, but disregard matches in schemas beyond the first match.
5918 : : * (This is a bit odd but it's the historical behavior.)
5919 : : *
5920 : : * A constraint in a partitioned table may have corresponding
5921 : : * constraints in the partitions. Grab those too.
5922 : : */
5923 : 32 : conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
5924 : :
5925 [ + - + + : 64 : foreach(lc, stmt->constraints)
+ + ]
5926 : : {
5927 : 32 : RangeVar *constraint = lfirst(lc);
5928 : : bool found;
5929 : : List *namespacelist;
5930 : : ListCell *nslc;
5931 : :
5932 [ - + ]: 32 : if (constraint->catalogname)
5933 : : {
5934 [ # # ]: 0 : if (strcmp(constraint->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
5935 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5936 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5937 : : errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented: \"%s.%s.%s\"",
5938 : : constraint->catalogname, constraint->schemaname,
5939 : : constraint->relname)));
5940 : : }
5941 : :
5942 : : /*
5943 : : * If we're given the schema name with the constraint, look only
5944 : : * in that schema. If given a bare constraint name, use the
5945 : : * search path to find the first matching constraint.
5946 : : */
5947 [ + + ]: 32 : if (constraint->schemaname)
5948 : : {
5949 : 8 : Oid namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(constraint->schemaname,
5950 : : false);
5951 : :
5952 : 8 : namespacelist = list_make1_oid(namespaceId);
5953 : : }
5954 : : else
5955 : : {
5956 : 24 : namespacelist = fetch_search_path(true);
5957 : : }
5958 : :
5959 : 32 : found = false;
5960 [ + - + - : 80 : foreach(nslc, namespacelist)
+ - ]
5961 : : {
5962 : 80 : Oid namespaceId = lfirst_oid(nslc);
5963 : : SysScanDesc conscan;
5964 : : ScanKeyData skey[2];
5965 : : HeapTuple tup;
5966 : :
5967 : 80 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
5968 : : Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
5969 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
5970 : 80 : CStringGetDatum(constraint->relname));
5971 : 80 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
5972 : : Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
5973 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
5974 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
5975 : :
5976 : 80 : conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintNameNspIndexId,
5977 : : true, NULL, 2, skey);
5978 : :
5979 [ + + ]: 144 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(conscan)))
5980 : : {
5981 : 64 : Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
5982 : :
5983 [ + - ]: 64 : if (con->condeferrable)
5984 : 64 : conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
5985 [ # # ]: 0 : else if (stmt->deferred)
5986 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5987 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
5988 : : errmsg("constraint \"%s\" is not deferrable",
5989 : : constraint->relname)));
5990 : 64 : found = true;
5991 : : }
5992 : :
5993 : 80 : systable_endscan(conscan);
5994 : :
5995 : : /*
5996 : : * Once we've found a matching constraint we do not search
5997 : : * later parts of the search path.
5998 : : */
5999 [ + + ]: 80 : if (found)
6000 : 32 : break;
6001 : : }
6002 : :
6003 : 32 : list_free(namespacelist);
6004 : :
6005 : : /*
6006 : : * Not found ?
6007 : : */
6008 [ - + ]: 32 : if (!found)
6009 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
6010 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
6011 : : errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist",
6012 : : constraint->relname)));
6013 : : }
6014 : :
6015 : : /*
6016 : : * Scan for any possible descendants of the constraints. We append
6017 : : * whatever we find to the same list that we're scanning; this has the
6018 : : * effect that we create new scans for those, too, so if there are
6019 : : * further descendents, we'll also catch them.
6020 : : */
6021 [ + - + + : 172 : foreach(lc, conoidlist)
+ + ]
6022 : : {
6023 : 140 : Oid parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
6024 : : ScanKeyData key;
6025 : : SysScanDesc scan;
6026 : : HeapTuple tuple;
6027 : :
6028 : 140 : ScanKeyInit(&key,
6029 : : Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
6030 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6031 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
6032 : :
6033 : 140 : scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key);
6034 : :
6035 [ + + ]: 216 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
6036 : : {
6037 : 76 : Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
6038 : :
6039 : 76 : conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
6040 : : }
6041 : :
6042 : 140 : systable_endscan(scan);
6043 : : }
6044 : :
6045 : 32 : table_close(conrel, AccessShareLock);
6046 : :
6047 : : /*
6048 : : * Now, locate the trigger(s) implementing each of these constraints,
6049 : : * and make a list of their OIDs.
6050 : : */
6051 : 32 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
6052 : :
6053 [ + - + + : 172 : foreach(lc, conoidlist)
+ + ]
6054 : : {
6055 : 140 : Oid conoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
6056 : : ScanKeyData skey;
6057 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
6058 : : HeapTuple htup;
6059 : :
6060 : 140 : ScanKeyInit(&skey,
6061 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
6062 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6063 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
6064 : :
6065 : 140 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
6066 : : NULL, 1, &skey);
6067 : :
6068 [ + + ]: 572 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
6069 : : {
6070 : 292 : Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
6071 : :
6072 : : /*
6073 : : * Silently skip triggers that are marked as non-deferrable in
6074 : : * pg_trigger. This is not an error condition, since a
6075 : : * deferrable RI constraint may have some non-deferrable
6076 : : * actions.
6077 : : */
6078 [ + - ]: 292 : if (pg_trigger->tgdeferrable)
6079 : 292 : tgoidlist = lappend_oid(tgoidlist, pg_trigger->oid);
6080 : : }
6081 : :
6082 : 140 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
6083 : : }
6084 : :
6085 : 32 : table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
6086 : :
6087 : : /*
6088 : : * Now we can set the trigger states of individual triggers for this
6089 : : * xact.
6090 : : */
6091 [ + - + + : 324 : foreach(lc, tgoidlist)
+ + ]
6092 : : {
6093 : 292 : Oid tgoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
6094 : 292 : SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
6095 : 292 : bool found = false;
6096 : : int i;
6097 : :
6098 [ + + ]: 1632 : for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
6099 : : {
6100 [ + + ]: 1404 : if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
6101 : : {
6102 : 64 : state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred = stmt->deferred;
6103 : 64 : found = true;
6104 : 64 : break;
6105 : : }
6106 : : }
6107 [ + + ]: 292 : if (!found)
6108 : : {
6109 : 228 : afterTriggers.state =
6110 : 228 : SetConstraintStateAddItem(state, tgoid, stmt->deferred);
6111 : : }
6112 : : }
6113 : : }
6114 : :
6115 : : /*
6116 : : * SQL99 requires that when a constraint is set to IMMEDIATE, any deferred
6117 : : * checks against that constraint must be made when the SET CONSTRAINTS
6118 : : * command is executed -- i.e. the effects of the SET CONSTRAINTS command
6119 : : * apply retroactively. We've updated the constraints state, so scan the
6120 : : * list of previously deferred events to fire any that have now become
6121 : : * immediate.
6122 : : *
6123 : : * Obviously, if this was SET ... DEFERRED then it can't have converted
6124 : : * any unfired events to immediate, so we need do nothing in that case.
6125 : : */
6126 [ + + ]: 71 : if (!stmt->deferred)
6127 : : {
6128 : 26 : AfterTriggerEventList *events = &afterTriggers.events;
6129 : 26 : bool snapshot_set = false;
6130 : :
6131 : 26 : afterTriggers.firing_depth++;
6132 [ + + ]: 26 : while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, true))
6133 : : {
6134 : 14 : CommandId firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
6135 : :
6136 : : /*
6137 : : * Make sure a snapshot has been established in case trigger
6138 : : * functions need one. Note that we avoid setting a snapshot if
6139 : : * we don't find at least one trigger that has to be fired now.
6140 : : * This is so that BEGIN; SET CONSTRAINTS ...; SET TRANSACTION
6141 : : * ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; ... works properly. (If we are
6142 : : * at the start of a transaction it's not possible for any trigger
6143 : : * events to be queued yet.)
6144 : : */
6145 [ + - ]: 14 : if (!snapshot_set)
6146 : : {
6147 : 14 : PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
6148 : 14 : snapshot_set = true;
6149 : : }
6150 : :
6151 : : /*
6152 : : * We can delete fired events if we are at top transaction level,
6153 : : * but we'd better not if inside a subtransaction, since the
6154 : : * subtransaction could later get rolled back.
6155 : : */
6156 [ + - ]: 8 : if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL,
6157 : 14 : !IsSubTransaction()))
6158 : 8 : break; /* all fired */
6159 : : }
6160 : :
6161 : : /*
6162 : : * Flush any fast-path batches accumulated by the triggers just fired.
6163 : : */
6164 : 20 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
6165 : 16 : afterTriggers.firing_depth--;
6166 : 16 : list_free_deep(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
6167 : 16 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks = NIL;
6168 : :
6169 [ + + ]: 16 : if (snapshot_set)
6170 : 4 : PopActiveSnapshot();
6171 : : }
6172 : 61 : }
6173 : :
6174 : : /* ----------
6175 : : * AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()
6176 : : * Test to see if there are any pending after-trigger events for rel.
6177 : : *
6178 : : * This is used by TRUNCATE, CLUSTER, ALTER TABLE, etc to detect whether
6179 : : * it is unsafe to perform major surgery on a relation. Note that only
6180 : : * local pending events are examined. We assume that having exclusive lock
6181 : : * on a rel guarantees there are no unserviced events in other backends ---
6182 : : * but having a lock does not prevent there being such events in our own.
6183 : : *
6184 : : * In some scenarios it'd be reasonable to remove pending events (more
6185 : : * specifically, mark them DONE by the current subxact) but without a lot
6186 : : * of knowledge of the trigger semantics we can't do this in general.
6187 : : * ----------
6188 : : */
6189 : : bool
6190 : 95168 : AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(Oid relid)
6191 : : {
6192 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
6193 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
6194 : : int depth;
6195 : :
6196 : : /* Scan queued events */
6197 [ + - + - : 95192 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
+ - + + +
+ ]
6198 : : {
6199 : 24 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
6200 : :
6201 : : /*
6202 : : * We can ignore completed events. (Even if a DONE flag is rolled
6203 : : * back by subxact abort, it's OK because the effects of the TRUNCATE
6204 : : * or whatever must get rolled back too.)
6205 : : */
6206 [ - + ]: 24 : if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
6207 : 0 : continue;
6208 : :
6209 [ + + ]: 24 : if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
6210 : 12 : return true;
6211 : : }
6212 : :
6213 : : /*
6214 : : * Also scan events queued by incomplete queries. This could only matter
6215 : : * if TRUNCATE/etc is executed by a function or trigger within an updating
6216 : : * query on the same relation, which is pretty perverse, but let's check.
6217 : : */
6218 [ - + - - ]: 95156 : for (depth = 0; depth <= afterTriggers.query_depth && depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth; depth++)
6219 : : {
6220 [ # # # # : 0 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.query_stack[depth].events)
# # # # #
# ]
6221 : : {
6222 : 0 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
6223 : :
6224 [ # # ]: 0 : if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
6225 : 0 : continue;
6226 : :
6227 [ # # ]: 0 : if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
6228 : 0 : return true;
6229 : : }
6230 : : }
6231 : :
6232 : 95156 : return false;
6233 : : }
6234 : :
6235 : : /* ----------
6236 : : * AfterTriggerSaveEvent()
6237 : : *
6238 : : * Called by ExecA[RS]...Triggers() to queue up the triggers that should
6239 : : * be fired for an event.
6240 : : *
6241 : : * NOTE: this is called whenever there are any triggers associated with
6242 : : * the event (even if they are disabled). This function decides which
6243 : : * triggers actually need to be queued. It is also called after each row,
6244 : : * even if there are no triggers for that event, if there are any AFTER
6245 : : * STATEMENT triggers for the statement which use transition tables, so that
6246 : : * the transition tuplestores can be built. Furthermore, if the transition
6247 : : * capture is happening for UPDATEd rows being moved to another partition due
6248 : : * to the partition-key being changed, then this function is called once when
6249 : : * the row is deleted (to capture OLD row), and once when the row is inserted
6250 : : * into another partition (to capture NEW row). This is done separately because
6251 : : * DELETE and INSERT happen on different tables.
6252 : : *
6253 : : * Transition tuplestores are built now, rather than when events are pulled
6254 : : * off of the queue because AFTER ROW triggers are allowed to select from the
6255 : : * transition tables for the statement.
6256 : : *
6257 : : * This contains special support to queue the update events for the case where
6258 : : * a partitioned table undergoing a cross-partition update may have foreign
6259 : : * keys pointing into it. Normally, a partitioned table's row triggers are
6260 : : * not fired because the leaf partition(s) which are modified as a result of
6261 : : * the operation on the partitioned table contain the same triggers which are
6262 : : * fired instead. But that general scheme can cause problematic behavior with
6263 : : * foreign key triggers during cross-partition updates, which are implemented
6264 : : * as DELETE on the source partition followed by INSERT into the destination
6265 : : * partition. Specifically, firing DELETE triggers would lead to the wrong
6266 : : * foreign key action to be enforced considering that the original command is
6267 : : * UPDATE; in this case, this function is called with relinfo as the
6268 : : * partitioned table, and src_partinfo and dst_partinfo referring to the
6269 : : * source and target leaf partitions, respectively.
6270 : : *
6271 : : * is_crosspart_update is true either when a DELETE event is fired on the
6272 : : * source partition (which is to be ignored) or an UPDATE event is fired on
6273 : : * the root partitioned table.
6274 : : * ----------
6275 : : */
6276 : : static void
6277 : 454912 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
6278 : : ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
6279 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
6280 : : int event, bool row_trigger,
6281 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
6282 : : List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
6283 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
6284 : : bool is_crosspart_update)
6285 : : {
6286 : 454912 : Relation rel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
6287 : 454912 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
6288 : : AfterTriggerEventData new_event;
6289 : : AfterTriggerSharedData new_shared;
6290 : 454912 : char relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
6291 : : int tgtype_event;
6292 : : int tgtype_level;
6293 : : int i;
6294 : 454912 : Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
6295 : :
6296 : : /*
6297 : : * Check state. We use a normal test not Assert because it is possible to
6298 : : * reach here in the wrong state given misconfigured RI triggers, in
6299 : : * particular deferring a cascade action trigger.
6300 : : */
6301 [ - + ]: 454912 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
6302 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "AfterTriggerSaveEvent() called outside of query");
6303 : :
6304 : : /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
6305 [ + + ]: 454912 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
6306 : 4232 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
6307 : :
6308 : : /*
6309 : : * If the directly named relation has any triggers with transition tables,
6310 : : * then we need to capture transition tuples.
6311 : : */
6312 [ + + + + ]: 454912 : if (row_trigger && transition_capture != NULL)
6313 : : {
6314 : 43911 : TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple = transition_capture->tcs_original_insert_tuple;
6315 : :
6316 : : /*
6317 : : * Capture the old tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
6318 : : * the event.
6319 : : */
6320 [ + + + + ]: 43911 : if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
6321 : : {
6322 : : Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
6323 : :
6324 : 3619 : old_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
6325 : : oldslot,
6326 : : NULL,
6327 : : transition_capture);
6328 : 3619 : TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
6329 : : oldslot, NULL, old_tuplestore);
6330 : : }
6331 : :
6332 : : /*
6333 : : * Capture the new tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
6334 : : * the event.
6335 : : */
6336 [ + + + - ]: 43911 : if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
6337 : : {
6338 : : Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
6339 : :
6340 : 40507 : new_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
6341 : : NULL,
6342 : : newslot,
6343 : : transition_capture);
6344 : 40507 : TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
6345 : : newslot, original_insert_tuple, new_tuplestore);
6346 : : }
6347 : :
6348 : : /*
6349 : : * If transition tables are the only reason we're here, return. As
6350 : : * mentioned above, we can also be here during update tuple routing in
6351 : : * presence of transition tables, in which case this function is
6352 : : * called separately for OLD and NEW, so we expect exactly one of them
6353 : : * to be NULL.
6354 : : */
6355 [ + + + + ]: 43911 : if (trigdesc == NULL ||
6356 [ + + + + ]: 43751 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && !trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
6357 [ + + + + ]: 40431 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && !trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
6358 [ + + + + ]: 263 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && !trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
6359 [ + - - + : 32 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && (TupIsNull(oldslot) ^ TupIsNull(newslot))))
+ - - + -
+ ]
6360 : 43807 : return;
6361 : : }
6362 : :
6363 : : /*
6364 : : * We normally don't see partitioned tables here for row level triggers
6365 : : * except in the special case of a cross-partition update. In that case,
6366 : : * nodeModifyTable.c:ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey() calls here to
6367 : : * queue an update event on the root target partitioned table, also
6368 : : * passing the source and destination partitions and their tuples.
6369 : : */
6370 : : Assert(!row_trigger ||
6371 : : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
6372 : : (is_crosspart_update &&
6373 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) &&
6374 : : src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL));
6375 : :
6376 : : /*
6377 : : * Validate the event code and collect the associated tuple CTIDs.
6378 : : *
6379 : : * The event code will be used both as a bitmask and an array offset, so
6380 : : * validation is important to make sure we don't walk off the edge of our
6381 : : * arrays.
6382 : : *
6383 : : * Also, if we're considering statement-level triggers, check whether we
6384 : : * already queued a set of them for this event, and cancel the prior set
6385 : : * if so. This preserves the behavior that statement-level triggers fire
6386 : : * just once per statement and fire after row-level triggers.
6387 : : */
6388 [ + + + + : 411105 : switch (event)
- ]
6389 : : {
6390 : 407653 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
6391 : 407653 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
6392 [ + + ]: 407653 : if (row_trigger)
6393 : : {
6394 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6395 : : Assert(newslot != NULL);
6396 : 407304 : ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6397 : 407304 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6398 : : }
6399 : : else
6400 : : {
6401 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6402 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6403 : 349 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6404 : 349 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6405 : 349 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
6406 : : CMD_INSERT, event);
6407 : : }
6408 : 407653 : break;
6409 : 972 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
6410 : 972 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
6411 [ + + ]: 972 : if (row_trigger)
6412 : : {
6413 : : Assert(oldslot != NULL);
6414 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6415 : 807 : ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6416 : 807 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6417 : : }
6418 : : else
6419 : : {
6420 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6421 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6422 : 165 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6423 : 165 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6424 : 165 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
6425 : : CMD_DELETE, event);
6426 : : }
6427 : 972 : break;
6428 : 2474 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
6429 : 2474 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
6430 [ + + ]: 2474 : if (row_trigger)
6431 : : {
6432 : : Assert(oldslot != NULL);
6433 : : Assert(newslot != NULL);
6434 : 2197 : ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6435 : 2197 : ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6436 : :
6437 : : /*
6438 : : * Also remember the OIDs of partitions to fetch these tuples
6439 : : * out of later in AfterTriggerExecute().
6440 : : */
6441 [ + + ]: 2197 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6442 : : {
6443 : : Assert(src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL);
6444 : 192 : new_event.ate_src_part =
6445 : 192 : RelationGetRelid(src_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
6446 : 192 : new_event.ate_dst_part =
6447 : 192 : RelationGetRelid(dst_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
6448 : : }
6449 : : }
6450 : : else
6451 : : {
6452 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6453 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6454 : 277 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6455 : 277 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6456 : 277 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
6457 : : CMD_UPDATE, event);
6458 : : }
6459 : 2474 : break;
6460 : 6 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE:
6461 : 6 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE;
6462 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6463 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6464 : 6 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6465 : 6 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6466 : 6 : break;
6467 : 0 : default:
6468 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
6469 : : tgtype_event = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
6470 : : break;
6471 : : }
6472 : :
6473 : : /* Determine flags */
6474 [ + + + + ]: 411105 : if (!(relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger))
6475 : : {
6476 [ + + + + ]: 411077 : if (row_trigger && event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
6477 : : {
6478 [ + + ]: 2187 : if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6479 : 192 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE;
6480 : : else
6481 : 1995 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID;
6482 : : }
6483 : : else
6484 : 408890 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID;
6485 : : }
6486 : :
6487 : : /* else, we'll initialize ate_flags for each trigger */
6488 : :
6489 : 411105 : tgtype_level = (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT);
6490 : :
6491 : : /*
6492 : : * Must convert/copy the source and destination partition tuples into the
6493 : : * root partitioned table's format/slot, because the processing in the
6494 : : * loop below expects both oldslot and newslot tuples to be in that form.
6495 : : */
6496 [ + + + + ]: 411105 : if (row_trigger && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6497 : : {
6498 : : TupleTableSlot *rootslot;
6499 : : TupleConversionMap *map;
6500 : :
6501 : 192 : rootslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
6502 : 192 : map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_partinfo);
6503 [ + + ]: 192 : if (map)
6504 : 24 : oldslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
6505 : : oldslot,
6506 : : rootslot);
6507 : : else
6508 : 168 : oldslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, oldslot);
6509 : :
6510 : 192 : rootslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relinfo);
6511 : 192 : map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_partinfo);
6512 [ + + ]: 192 : if (map)
6513 : 28 : newslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
6514 : : newslot,
6515 : : rootslot);
6516 : : else
6517 : 164 : newslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, newslot);
6518 : : }
6519 : :
6520 [ + + ]: 1645336 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
6521 : : {
6522 : 1234231 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
6523 : :
6524 [ + + ]: 1234231 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
6525 : : tgtype_level,
6526 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER,
6527 : : tgtype_event))
6528 : 621150 : continue;
6529 [ + + ]: 613081 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, event,
6530 : : modifiedCols, oldslot, newslot))
6531 : 273 : continue;
6532 : :
6533 [ + + + + ]: 612808 : if (relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger)
6534 : : {
6535 [ + + ]: 29 : if (fdw_tuplestore == NULL)
6536 : : {
6537 : 25 : fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
6538 : 25 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH;
6539 : : }
6540 : : else
6541 : : /* subsequent event for the same tuple */
6542 : 4 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE;
6543 : : }
6544 : :
6545 : : /*
6546 : : * If the trigger is a foreign key enforcement trigger, there are
6547 : : * certain cases where we can skip queueing the event because we can
6548 : : * tell by inspection that the FK constraint will still pass. There
6549 : : * are also some cases during cross-partition updates of a partitioned
6550 : : * table where queuing the event can be skipped.
6551 : : */
6552 [ + + + + ]: 612808 : if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) || TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event))
6553 : : {
6554 [ + + + - ]: 4348 : switch (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trigger->tgfoid))
6555 : : {
6556 : 1703 : case RI_TRIGGER_PK:
6557 : :
6558 : : /*
6559 : : * For cross-partitioned updates of partitioned PK table,
6560 : : * skip the event fired by the component delete on the
6561 : : * source leaf partition unless the constraint originates
6562 : : * in the partition itself (!tgisclone), because the
6563 : : * update event that will be fired on the root
6564 : : * (partitioned) target table will be used to perform the
6565 : : * necessary foreign key enforcement action.
6566 : : */
6567 [ + + ]: 1703 : if (is_crosspart_update &&
6568 [ + + ]: 338 : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) &&
6569 [ + + ]: 178 : trigger->tgisclone)
6570 : 168 : continue;
6571 : :
6572 : : /* Update or delete on trigger's PK table */
6573 [ + + ]: 1535 : if (!RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
6574 : : oldslot, newslot))
6575 : : {
6576 : : /* skip queuing this event */
6577 : 292 : continue;
6578 : : }
6579 : 1243 : break;
6580 : :
6581 : 748 : case RI_TRIGGER_FK:
6582 : :
6583 : : /*
6584 : : * Update on trigger's FK table. We can skip the update
6585 : : * event fired on a partitioned table during a
6586 : : * cross-partition of that table, because the insert event
6587 : : * that is fired on the destination leaf partition would
6588 : : * suffice to perform the necessary foreign key check.
6589 : : * Moreover, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() expects to be
6590 : : * passed a tuple that contains system attributes, most of
6591 : : * which are not present in the virtual slot belonging to
6592 : : * a partitioned table.
6593 : : */
6594 [ + + ]: 748 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
6595 [ + + ]: 668 : !RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
6596 : : oldslot, newslot))
6597 : : {
6598 : : /* skip queuing this event */
6599 : 442 : continue;
6600 : : }
6601 : 306 : break;
6602 : :
6603 : 1897 : case RI_TRIGGER_NONE:
6604 : :
6605 : : /*
6606 : : * Not an FK trigger. No need to queue the update event
6607 : : * fired during a cross-partitioned update of a
6608 : : * partitioned table, because the same row trigger must be
6609 : : * present in the leaf partition(s) that are affected as
6610 : : * part of this update and the events fired on them are
6611 : : * queued instead.
6612 : : */
6613 [ + + ]: 1897 : if (row_trigger &&
6614 [ + + ]: 1431 : rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6615 : 20 : continue;
6616 : 1877 : break;
6617 : : }
6618 : : }
6619 : :
6620 : : /*
6621 : : * If the trigger is a deferred unique constraint check trigger, only
6622 : : * queue it if the unique constraint was potentially violated, which
6623 : : * we know from index insertion time.
6624 : : */
6625 [ + + ]: 611886 : if (trigger->tgfoid == F_UNIQUE_KEY_RECHECK)
6626 : : {
6627 [ + + ]: 232 : if (!list_member_oid(recheckIndexes, trigger->tgconstrindid))
6628 : 94 : continue; /* Uniqueness definitely not violated */
6629 : : }
6630 : :
6631 : : /*
6632 : : * Fill in event structure and add it to the current query's queue.
6633 : : * Note we set ats_table to NULL whenever this trigger doesn't use
6634 : : * transition tables, to improve sharability of the shared event data.
6635 : : */
6636 : 611792 : new_shared.ats_event =
6637 : 1223584 : (event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
6638 [ + + ]: 611792 : (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW : 0) |
6639 [ + + ]: 611792 : (trigger->tgdeferrable ? AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
6640 [ + + ]: 611792 : (trigger->tginitdeferred ? AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED : 0);
6641 : 611792 : new_shared.ats_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
6642 : 611792 : new_shared.ats_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
6643 : 611792 : new_shared.ats_rolid = GetUserId();
6644 : 611792 : new_shared.ats_firing_id = 0;
6645 [ + + + + : 611792 : if ((trigger->tgoldtable || trigger->tgnewtable) &&
+ - ]
6646 : : transition_capture != NULL)
6647 : : {
6648 [ + + + - ]: 487 : switch (event)
6649 : : {
6650 : 192 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
6651 : 192 : new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
6652 : 192 : break;
6653 : 155 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
6654 : 155 : new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
6655 : 155 : break;
6656 : 140 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
6657 : 140 : new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
6658 : 140 : break;
6659 : 0 : default:
6660 : : /* Must be TRUNCATE, see switch above */
6661 : 0 : new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
6662 : 0 : break;
6663 : : }
6664 : : }
6665 : : else
6666 : 611305 : new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
6667 : 611792 : new_shared.ats_modifiedcols = modifiedCols;
6668 : :
6669 : 611792 : afterTriggerAddEvent(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].events,
6670 : : &new_event, &new_shared);
6671 : : }
6672 : :
6673 : : /*
6674 : : * Finally, spool any foreign tuple(s). The tuplestore squashes them to
6675 : : * minimal tuples, so this loses any system columns. The executor lost
6676 : : * those columns before us, for an unrelated reason, so this is fine.
6677 : : */
6678 [ + + ]: 411105 : if (fdw_tuplestore)
6679 : : {
6680 [ + + ]: 25 : if (oldslot != NULL)
6681 : 16 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, oldslot);
6682 [ + + ]: 25 : if (newslot != NULL)
6683 : 18 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, newslot);
6684 : : }
6685 : : }
6686 : :
6687 : : /*
6688 : : * Detect whether we already queued BEFORE STATEMENT triggers for the given
6689 : : * relation + operation, and set the flag so the next call will report "true".
6690 : : */
6691 : : static bool
6692 : 391 : before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
6693 : : {
6694 : : bool result;
6695 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
6696 : :
6697 : : /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
6698 [ - + ]: 391 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
6699 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "before_stmt_triggers_fired() called outside of query");
6700 : :
6701 : : /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
6702 [ + + ]: 391 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
6703 : 231 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
6704 : :
6705 : : /*
6706 : : * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
6707 : : * transition tables for the relation + operation. In this way, if we are
6708 : : * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
6709 : : * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
6710 : : * statement triggers to get queued.
6711 : : */
6712 : 391 : table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
6713 : 391 : result = table->before_trig_done;
6714 : 391 : table->before_trig_done = true;
6715 : 391 : return result;
6716 : : }
6717 : :
6718 : : /*
6719 : : * If we previously queued a set of AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the given
6720 : : * relation + operation, and they've not been fired yet, cancel them. The
6721 : : * caller will queue a fresh set that's after any row-level triggers that may
6722 : : * have been queued by the current sub-statement, preserving (as much as
6723 : : * possible) the property that AFTER ROW triggers fire before AFTER STATEMENT
6724 : : * triggers, and that the latter only fire once. This deals with the
6725 : : * situation where several FK enforcement triggers sequentially queue triggers
6726 : : * for the same table into the same trigger query level. We can't fully
6727 : : * prevent odd behavior though: if there are AFTER ROW triggers taking
6728 : : * transition tables, we don't want to change the transition tables once the
6729 : : * first such trigger has seen them. In such a case, any additional events
6730 : : * will result in creating new transition tables and allowing new firings of
6731 : : * statement triggers.
6732 : : *
6733 : : * This also saves the current event list location so that a later invocation
6734 : : * of this function can cheaply find the triggers we're about to queue and
6735 : : * cancel them.
6736 : : */
6737 : : static void
6738 : 791 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent)
6739 : : {
6740 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
6741 : 791 : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
6742 : :
6743 : : /*
6744 : : * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
6745 : : * transition tables for the relation + operation. In this way, if we are
6746 : : * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
6747 : : * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
6748 : : * statement triggers to get queued without canceling the old ones.
6749 : : */
6750 : 791 : table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
6751 : :
6752 [ + + ]: 791 : if (table->after_trig_done)
6753 : : {
6754 : : /*
6755 : : * We want to start scanning from the tail location that existed just
6756 : : * before we inserted any statement triggers. But the events list
6757 : : * might've been entirely empty then, in which case scan from the
6758 : : * current head.
6759 : : */
6760 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
6761 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
6762 : :
6763 [ + + ]: 48 : if (table->after_trig_events.tail)
6764 : : {
6765 : 40 : chunk = table->after_trig_events.tail;
6766 : 40 : event = (AfterTriggerEvent) table->after_trig_events.tailfree;
6767 : : }
6768 : : else
6769 : : {
6770 : 8 : chunk = qs->events.head;
6771 : 8 : event = NULL;
6772 : : }
6773 : :
6774 [ + + ]: 72 : for_each_chunk_from(chunk)
6775 : : {
6776 [ + + ]: 48 : if (event == NULL)
6777 : 8 : event = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
6778 [ + - + - : 100 : for_each_event_from(event, chunk)
+ + ]
6779 : : {
6780 : 76 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
6781 : :
6782 : : /*
6783 : : * Exit loop when we reach events that aren't AS triggers for
6784 : : * the target relation.
6785 : : */
6786 [ - + ]: 76 : if (evtshared->ats_relid != relid)
6787 : 0 : goto done;
6788 [ - + ]: 76 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) != tgevent)
6789 : 0 : goto done;
6790 [ + + ]: 76 : if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(evtshared->ats_event))
6791 : 24 : goto done;
6792 [ - + ]: 52 : if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(evtshared->ats_event))
6793 : 0 : goto done;
6794 : : /* OK, mark it DONE */
6795 : 52 : event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
6796 [ + - ]: 52 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
6797 : : }
6798 : : /* signal we must reinitialize event ptr for next chunk */
6799 : 24 : event = NULL;
6800 : : }
6801 : : }
6802 : 767 : done:
6803 : :
6804 : : /* In any case, save current insertion point for next time */
6805 : 791 : table->after_trig_done = true;
6806 : 791 : table->after_trig_events = qs->events;
6807 : 791 : }
6808 : :
6809 : : /*
6810 : : * GUC assign_hook for session_replication_role
6811 : : */
6812 : : void
6813 : 1965 : assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra)
6814 : : {
6815 : : /*
6816 : : * Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
6817 : : * flush unnecessarily.
6818 : : */
6819 [ + + ]: 1965 : if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
6820 : 654 : ResetPlanCache();
6821 : 1965 : }
6822 : :
6823 : : /*
6824 : : * SQL function pg_trigger_depth()
6825 : : */
6826 : : Datum
6827 : 84 : pg_trigger_depth(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
6828 : : {
6829 : 84 : PG_RETURN_INT32(MyTriggerDepth);
6830 : : }
6831 : :
6832 : : /*
6833 : : * Check whether a trigger modified a virtual generated column and replace the
6834 : : * value with null if so.
6835 : : *
6836 : : * We need to check this so that we don't end up storing a non-null value in a
6837 : : * virtual generated column.
6838 : : *
6839 : : * We don't need to check for stored generated columns, since those will be
6840 : : * overwritten later anyway.
6841 : : */
6842 : : static HeapTuple
6843 : 1288 : check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple)
6844 : : {
6845 [ + + + + ]: 1288 : if (!(tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_virtual))
6846 : 1277 : return tuple;
6847 : :
6848 [ + + ]: 39 : for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
6849 : : {
6850 [ + + ]: 28 : if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
6851 : : {
6852 [ + + ]: 11 : if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1, tupdesc))
6853 : : {
6854 : 8 : int replCol = i + 1;
6855 : 8 : Datum replValue = 0;
6856 : 8 : bool replIsnull = true;
6857 : :
6858 : 8 : tuple = heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(tuple, tupdesc, 1, &replCol, &replValue, &replIsnull);
6859 : : }
6860 : : }
6861 : : }
6862 : :
6863 : 11 : return tuple;
6864 : : }
6865 : :
6866 : : /*
6867 : : * RegisterAfterTriggerBatchCallback
6868 : : * Register a function to be called when the current trigger-firing
6869 : : * batch completes.
6870 : : *
6871 : : * Must be called from within a trigger function's execution context
6872 : : * (i.e., while afterTriggers state is active).
6873 : : *
6874 : : * The callback list is cleared after invocation, so the caller must
6875 : : * re-register for each new batch if needed.
6876 : : */
6877 : : void
6878 : 1523 : RegisterAfterTriggerBatchCallback(AfterTriggerBatchCallback callback,
6879 : : void *arg)
6880 : : {
6881 : : AfterTriggerCallbackItem *item;
6882 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
6883 : :
6884 : : /*
6885 : : * Allocate in TopTransactionContext so the item survives for the duration
6886 : : * of the batch, which may span multiple trigger invocations.
6887 : : *
6888 : : * Must be called while afterTriggers is active; callbacks registered
6889 : : * outside a trigger-firing context would never fire.
6890 : : */
6891 : : Assert(afterTriggers.firing_depth > 0);
6892 : : Assert(!afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks);
6893 : 1523 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
6894 : 1523 : item = palloc(sizeof(AfterTriggerCallbackItem));
6895 : 1523 : item->callback = callback;
6896 : 1523 : item->arg = arg;
6897 [ + + ]: 1523 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0)
6898 : : {
6899 : 1433 : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs =
6900 : 1433 : &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
6901 : :
6902 : 1433 : qs->batch_callbacks = lappend(qs->batch_callbacks, item);
6903 : : }
6904 : : else
6905 : 90 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks =
6906 : 90 : lappend(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks, item);
6907 : 1523 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
6908 : 1523 : }
6909 : :
6910 : : /*
6911 : : * FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks
6912 : : * Invoke all callbacks in the given list.
6913 : : *
6914 : : * Memory cleanup of the list and its items is handled by the caller
6915 : : * (AfterTriggerFreeQuery for query-level callbacks, AfterTriggerEndXact
6916 : : * for top-level deferred callbacks).
6917 : : */
6918 : : static void
6919 : 6030 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(List *callbacks)
6920 : : {
6921 : : ListCell *lc;
6922 : :
6923 : : Assert(afterTriggers.firing_depth > 0);
6924 : 6030 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = true;
6925 [ + + + + : 7253 : foreach(lc, callbacks)
+ + ]
6926 : : {
6927 : 1527 : AfterTriggerCallbackItem *item = lfirst(lc);
6928 : :
6929 : 1527 : item->callback(item->arg);
6930 : : }
6931 : 5726 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
6932 : 5726 : }
6933 : :
6934 : : /*
6935 : : * AfterTriggerIsActive
6936 : : * Returns true if we're inside the after-trigger framework where
6937 : : * registered batch callbacks will actually be invoked.
6938 : : *
6939 : : * This is false during validateForeignKeyConstraint(), which calls
6940 : : * RI trigger functions directly outside the after-trigger framework.
6941 : : */
6942 : : bool
6943 : 605426 : AfterTriggerIsActive(void)
6944 : : {
6945 : 605426 : return afterTriggers.firing_depth > 0;
6946 : : }
|
